Trusted Business
Verified & Licensed
Virus Free Files
100% Safe Downloads
Secure Payment
SSL Protected
Instant Delivery
Available Immediately
2008 Infiniti FX35 FX45 S50 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
$37.95
2008 Infiniti FX35 FX45 S50 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
Instant PDF Download
Available immediately
Save to Your Device
Download & keep forever
Antivirus Scanned
100% virus-free
Trusted Worldwide
175,000+ customers
Description
2008 Infiniti FX35 FX45 S50 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
FILE DETAILS:
2008 Infiniti FX35 FX45 S50 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
Language : English
Pages : 3926
Downloadable : Yes
File Type : PDF
IMAGES PREVIEW OF THE MANUAL:
DESCRIPTION:
2008 Infiniti FX35 FX45 S50 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
FOREWORD:
- This manual contains maintenance and repair procedure for the 2008 INFINITI FX35/FX45.
- In order to assure your safety and the efficient functioning of the vehicle, this manual should be read thoroughly. It is especially important that the PRECAUTIONS in the GI section be completely understood before starting any repair task.
- All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes in specifications and methods at any time without notice.
SERVICE INFORMATION:
PRECAUTIONS:
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER”
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM”
and “SEAT BELTS” of this Service Manual.
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
2008 Infiniti FX35 FX45 S50 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
fwd....................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Exit.................................................................................................................................................................. 0
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 1
FOREWORD.............................................................................................................................................................. 2
QUICK REFERENCE CHART................................................................................................................................................. 3
A: GENERAL INFORMATION................................................................................................................................................ 0
GI - General Information.......................................................................................................................................... 0
B: ENGINE............................................................................................................................................................. 0
EM - Engine Mechanical............................................................................................................................................ 0
LU - Engine Lubrication System.................................................................................................................................... 0
CO - Engine Cooling System........................................................................................................................................ 0
EC - Engine Control System........................................................................................................................................ 0
FL - Fuel System.................................................................................................................................................. 0
EX - Exhaust System............................................................................................................................................... 0
ACC - Accelerator Control System.................................................................................................................................. 0
C: TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE............................................................................................................................................. 0
AT - Automatic Transmission....................................................................................................................................... 0
D: DRIVELINE/AXLE..................................................................................................................................................... 0
TF - Transfer..................................................................................................................................................... 0
PR - Propeller Shaft.............................................................................................................................................. 0
FFD - Front Final Drive........................................................................................................................................... 0
RFD - Rear Final Drive............................................................................................................................................ 0
FAX - Front Axle.................................................................................................................................................. 0
RAX - Rear Axle................................................................................................................................................... 0
E: SUSPENSION......................................................................................................................................................... 0
FSU - Front Suspension............................................................................................................................................ 0
RSU - Rear Suspension............................................................................................................................................. 0
WT - Road Wheels & Tires.......................................................................................................................................... 0
F: BRAKES............................................................................................................................................................. 0
BR - Brake System................................................................................................................................................. 0
PB - Parking Brake System......................................................................................................................................... 0
BRC - Brake Control System........................................................................................................................................ 0
G: STEERING........................................................................................................................................................... 0
PS - Power Steering System........................................................................................................................................ 0
H: RESTRAINTS......................................................................................................................................................... 0
SB - Seat Belts................................................................................................................................................... 0
SRS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)......................................................................................................................... 0
I: BODY............................................................................................................................................................... 0
BL - Body, Lock & Security System................................................................................................................................. 0
GW - Glasses, Window System & Mirrors............................................................................................................................. 0
RF - Roof......................................................................................................................................................... 0
EI - Exterior & Interior.......................................................................................................................................... 0
IP - Instrument Panel............................................................................................................................................. 0
SE - Seat......................................................................................................................................................... 0
J: AIR CONDITIONER.................................................................................................................................................... 0
ATC - Automatic Air Conditioner................................................................................................................................... 0
K: ELECTRICAL......................................................................................................................................................... 0
SC - Starting & Charging System................................................................................................................................... 0
LT - Lighting System.............................................................................................................................................. 0
DI - Driver Information System.................................................................................................................................... 0
WW - Wiper, Washer & Horn......................................................................................................................................... 0
BCS - Body Control System......................................................................................................................................... 0
LAN - LAN System.................................................................................................................................................. 0
AV - Audio Visual, Navigation & Telephone System.................................................................................................................. 0
ACS - Auto Cruise Control System.................................................................................................................................. 0
PG - Power Supply, Ground & Circuit Elements...................................................................................................................... 0
L: MAINTENANCE........................................................................................................................................................ 0
MA - Maintenance.................................................................................................................................................. 0
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS...................................................................................................................................................... 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)......................................................................................................................................... 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 77
acc....................................................................................................................................................................... 7
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents..................................................................................................................................................... 7
SERVICE INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................... 8
PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 8
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 8
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................... 9
Component................................................................................................................................................. 9
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 9
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 9
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 9
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 9
acs....................................................................................................................................................................... 10
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents..................................................................................................................................................... 10
ASCD.............................................................................................................................................................. 12
SERVICE INFORMATION........................................................................................................................................... 12
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)..................................................................................................................... 12
Description........................................................................................................................................... 12
ICC............................................................................................................................................................... 13
SERVICE INFORMATION........................................................................................................................................... 13
DTC INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 13
DTC 11 - 65........................................................................................................................................... 13
DTC 74 - 109.......................................................................................................................................... 13
PRECAUTIONS............................................................................................................................................... 14
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"............................................................ 14
Precaution for ICC System Service..................................................................................................................... 14
PREPARATION............................................................................................................................................... 15
Special Service Tool.................................................................................................................................. 15
DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................................................... 16
Outline............................................................................................................................................... 16
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE.......................................................................................................... 16
CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE.................................................................................................... 16
BRAKE ASSIST (WITH PREVIEW FUNCTION).............................................................................................................. 16
Functional Diagram.................................................................................................................................... 16
Component Description................................................................................................................................. 18
CAN Communication..................................................................................................................................... 18
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT............................................................................................................................ 18
Switch Operation...................................................................................................................................... 19
ICC System Display.................................................................................................................................... 19
ACTION TEST............................................................................................................................................... 20
ICC System Running Test............................................................................................................................... 20
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE ......................................................................................................... 20
Set Checking.................................................................................................................................. 20
Check For Increase Of Cruising Speed.......................................................................................................... 20
Check For Decrease Of Cruising Speed.......................................................................................................... 20
Check For Cancellation Of Vehicle-To-Vehicle Distance Control Mode (Normal Driving Condition) In The Following Cases:......................... 20
Check For Restoring Speed That Is Set By Vehicle-To-Vehicle Distance Control Mode Before Cancellation......................................... 20
Check For MAIN Switch......................................................................................................................... 20
Check For RESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST, CANCEL Switches....................................................................................... 21
Check For Distance Switch..................................................................................................................... 21
CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE.................................................................................................... 21
Set Checking.................................................................................................................................. 21
Check For Increase Of Cruising Speed.......................................................................................................... 21
Check For Decrease Of Cruising Speed.......................................................................................................... 21
Check For Cancellation Of Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode (Normal Driving Condition) In The Following Cases:................... 21
Check For Restoring Speed That Is Set By Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode Before ICC Cancellation............................... 22
Check For MAIN Switch......................................................................................................................... 22
Check For RESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST, CANCEL Switches....................................................................................... 22
LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................................. 23
Outline............................................................................................................................................... 23
Preparation........................................................................................................................................... 23
Outline of Adjustment Procedure....................................................................................................................... 23
Setting the ICC Target Board.......................................................................................................................... 23
ADJUSTING HEIGHT OF THE TARGET.................................................................................................................... 23
ADJUSTING THE RIGHT-LEFT POSITION OF THE TARGET................................................................................................... 24
SETTING THE TARGET................................................................................................................................ 24
Aiming Adjustment..................................................................................................................................... 25
CHECK AFTER THE ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................................ 26
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION................................................................................................................................. 27
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location........................................................................................................ 27
WIRING DIAGRAM............................................................................................................................................ 28
Schematic............................................................................................................................................. 28
Wiring Diagram - ICC -................................................................................................................................ 29
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE............................................................................................................................. 36
Terminal and Reference Value for ICC Unit............................................................................................................. 36
Terminal and Reference Value for ICC Sensor........................................................................................................... 37
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................... 38
Work Flow............................................................................................................................................. 38
CONSULT-III Function (ICC)............................................................................................................................ 38
DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................... 38
WORK SUPPORT...................................................................................................................................... 39
Cause of Auto-Cancel.......................................................................................................................... 39
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT............................................................................................................................ 39
DATA MONITOR...................................................................................................................................... 39
ACTIVE TEST....................................................................................................................................... 41
ICC BUZZER 1.................................................................................................................................. 41
METER LAMP.................................................................................................................................... 41
STOP LAMP..................................................................................................................................... 41
BOOSTER SOL/V 3............................................................................................................................... 41
Self-Diagnostic Function.............................................................................................................................. 41
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................. 41
WITHOUT CONSULT-III............................................................................................................................... 42
Self-Diagnostic Erasing Method................................................................................................................ 43
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS............................................................................................................... 44
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart................................................................................................................... 44
DTC 11 CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................... 45
DTC 20 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................... 45
DTC 31 POWER SUPPLY CIR, DTC 34 POWER SUPPLY CIR 2.................................................................................................... 46
DTC 41 VHCL SPEED SE CIRC............................................................................................................................. 46
DTC 43 ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC............................................................................................................................... 47
DTC 45 BRAKE SW/STOP L SW............................................................................................................................. 47
DTC 46 OPERATION SW CIRC.............................................................................................................................. 49
DTC 61 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 50
DTC 62 BOOSTER SOL/V CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................... 51
DTC 63 RELEASE SW CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................. 52
DTC 65 PRESSURE CONTROL............................................................................................................................... 54
DTC 74 LASER BEAM OFF CNTR............................................................................................................................ 54
DTC 90 STOP LAMP RLY FIX.............................................................................................................................. 55
DTC 92 ECM CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................... 59
DTC 96 NP RANGE....................................................................................................................................... 60
DTC 97 AT CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 61
DTC 98 GEAR POSITION.................................................................................................................................. 61
DTC 102 RADAR STAIN................................................................................................................................... 62
DTC 103 LASER SENSOR FAIL............................................................................................................................. 62
DTC 104 LASER AIMING INCMP............................................................................................................................ 63
DTC 107 LASER COMM FAIL............................................................................................................................... 63
DTC 109 LASER HIGH TEMP............................................................................................................................... 63
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS............................................................................................................................ 64
Symptom Chart......................................................................................................................................... 64
Symptom 1 MAIN Switch Does Not Turn ON*1, MAIN Switch Does Not Turn OFF*2............................................................................. 64
Symptom 2 ICC System Cannot Be Set (MAIN Switch Turns ON/OFF)......................................................................................... 65
Symptom 3 ICC System Cannot Be Operated by CANCEL Switch, RESUME/ACCELERATE Switch or DISTANCE Switch................................................. 65
Symptom 4 ICC System Is Not Cancelled When the A/T Selector Lever Is in Other Than "D" and "M" Position............................................... 66
Symptom 5 Chime Does Not Sound........................................................................................................................ 66
Symptom 6 Driving Force Is Hunting.................................................................................................................... 67
Symptom 7 ICC System Frequently Cannot Detect the Vehicle Ahead/ Detection Zone Is Short.............................................................. 67
Symptom 8 the System Does Not Detect the Vehicle Ahead at All......................................................................................... 68
SELF-DIAGNOSIS BY ICC SYSTEM DISPLAY WILL NOT RUN..................................................................................................... 68
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSPECTION........................................................................................................................... 72
ICC Steering Switch................................................................................................................................... 72
Booster Solenoid...................................................................................................................................... 72
Release Switch........................................................................................................................................ 72
ICC Brake Switch and Stop Lamp Switch................................................................................................................. 73
ICC Brake Hold Relay.................................................................................................................................. 73
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................................. 74
ICC Unit.............................................................................................................................................. 74
REMOVAL........................................................................................................................................... 74
INSTALLATION...................................................................................................................................... 74
ICC Sensor............................................................................................................................................ 74
REMOVAL........................................................................................................................................... 74
INSTALLATION...................................................................................................................................... 74
ICC Steering Switch................................................................................................................................... 75
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.................................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)..................................................................................................................................... 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................. 77
at........................................................................................................................................................................ 76
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents..................................................................................................................................................... 76
SERVICE INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................... 80
INDEX FOR DTC................................................................................................................................................. 80
Alphabetical Index........................................................................................................................................ 80
DTC No. Index............................................................................................................................................. 80
PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 82
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 82
Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of A/T and Engine.......................................................................................... 82
Precaution................................................................................................................................................ 82
Service Notice or Precaution.............................................................................................................................. 83
ATF COOLER SERVICE.................................................................................................................................... 83
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................. 83
PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 84
Special Service Tool...................................................................................................................................... 84
Commercial Service Tool................................................................................................................................... 84
A/T FLUID..................................................................................................................................................... 86
Changing A/T Fluid........................................................................................................................................ 86
Checking A/T Fluid........................................................................................................................................ 86
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning................................................................................................................................. 88
A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE................................................................................................................... 88
A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................. 89
A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................. 90
A/T FLUID COOLER FINAL INSPECTION..................................................................................................................... 90
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................ 91
Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)......................................................................................................................... 91
Cross-Sectional View (VQ35DE Models for AWD).............................................................................................................. 92
Cross-Sectional View (VK45DE Models for AWD).............................................................................................................. 93
Shift Mechanism........................................................................................................................................... 93
CONSTRUCTION ......................................................................................................................................... 93
FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE ......................................................................................................................... 94
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART................................................................................................................................. 95
POWER TRANSMISSION ................................................................................................................................... 95
“N” Position...................................................................................................................................... 95
“P” Position...................................................................................................................................... 95
“D1” Position..................................................................................................................................... 96
“M1” Position..................................................................................................................................... 97
“D2” Position..................................................................................................................................... 98
“M2” Position..................................................................................................................................... 99
“D3” and “M3” Positions........................................................................................................................... 100
“D4” and “M4” Positions........................................................................................................................... 101
“D5” and “M5” Positions........................................................................................................................... 102
“R” Position...................................................................................................................................... 103
TCM Function.............................................................................................................................................. 104
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE ............................................................................................................................... 104
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................................... 105
CAN Communication......................................................................................................................................... 105
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................................... 105
Input/Output Signal of TCM................................................................................................................................ 106
Line Pressure Control..................................................................................................................................... 106
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL IS BASED ON THE TCM LINE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTIC PATTERN ....................................................................... 107
Normal Control.................................................................................................................................... 107
Back-up Control (Engine Brake).................................................................................................................... 107
During Shift Change............................................................................................................................... 107
At Low Fluid Temperature.......................................................................................................................... 108
Shift Control............................................................................................................................................. 108
SHIFT CHANGE.......................................................................................................................................... 108
Shift Change System Diagram....................................................................................................................... 108
BLIPPING CONTROL...................................................................................................................................... 109
Shift Change System Diagram....................................................................................................................... 109
Lock-up Control........................................................................................................................................... 109
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE CONTROL ........................................................................................................ 110
Lock-up Control System Diagram.................................................................................................................... 110
Lock-up Released.................................................................................................................................. 110
Lock-up Applied................................................................................................................................... 110
SMOOTH LOCK-UP CONTROL................................................................................................................................ 110
Half-clutched State............................................................................................................................... 110
Slip Lock-up Control.............................................................................................................................. 110
Engine Brake Control...................................................................................................................................... 110
Control Valve............................................................................................................................................. 111
FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE ............................................................................................................................ 111
FUNCTION OF ATF PRESSURE SWITCH ...................................................................................................................... 112
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................. 113
Introduction.............................................................................................................................................. 113
OBD-II Function for A/T System............................................................................................................................ 113
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II................................................................................................................. 113
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC.............................................................................................................................. 113
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC.............................................................................................................................. 113
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)...................................................................................................................... 113
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC...................................................................................................................... 113
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data.................................................................................................. 113
HOW TO ERASE DTC...................................................................................................................................... 114
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-III)................................................................................................................... 114
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)........................................................................................................................... 114
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)........................................................................................................................... 114
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL).......................................................................................................................... 115
DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................................... 115
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................................. 116
DTC Inspection Priority Chart............................................................................................................................. 116
Fail-Safe................................................................................................................................................. 116
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION ................................................................................................................................... 116
Vehicle Speed Sensor.............................................................................................................................. 116
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor................................................................................................................. 116
Throttle Position Sensor.......................................................................................................................... 116
PNP Switch........................................................................................................................................ 116
Starter Relay..................................................................................................................................... 116
A/T Interlock..................................................................................................................................... 116
A/T 1st Engine Braking............................................................................................................................ 116
Line Pressure Solenoid............................................................................................................................ 117
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid.................................................................................................................. 117
Low Coast Brake Solenoid.......................................................................................................................... 117
Input Clutch Solenoid............................................................................................................................. 117
Direct Clutch Solenoid............................................................................................................................ 117
Front Brake Solenoid.............................................................................................................................. 117
High and Low Reverse Clutch Solenoid.............................................................................................................. 117
Turbine Revolution Sensor 1 or 2.................................................................................................................. 117
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair............................................................................................ 117
INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................... 117
WORK FLOW............................................................................................................................................. 118
Work Flow Chart................................................................................................................................... 118
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET.................................................................................................................................. 119
Information from Customer......................................................................................................................... 119
Diagnostic Worksheet Chart........................................................................................................................ 120
A/T Electrical Parts Location............................................................................................................................. 123
Circuit Diagram........................................................................................................................................... 124
Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis...................................................................................................................... 124
A/T FLUID CHECK....................................................................................................................................... 124
A/T Fluid Leakage and A/T Fluid Level Check ...................................................................................................... 124
A/T Fluid Condition Check......................................................................................................................... 125
STALL TEST............................................................................................................................................ 125
Stall Test Procedure.............................................................................................................................. 125
Judgement of Stall Test........................................................................................................................... 126
LINE PRESSURE TEST ................................................................................................................................... 126
Line Pressure Test Port........................................................................................................................... 126
Line Pressure Test Procedure...................................................................................................................... 126
Line Pressure..................................................................................................................................... 127
Judgement of Line Pressure Test................................................................................................................... 127
Road Test................................................................................................................................................. 128
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 128
CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED........................................................................................................................ 128
CHECK AT IDLE......................................................................................................................................... 128
CRUISE TEST - PART 1.................................................................................................................................. 129
CRUISE TEST - PART 2.................................................................................................................................. 131
CRUISE TEST - PART 3.................................................................................................................................. 132
Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs............................................................................................................... 133
2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................ 133
AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................ 133
Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases............................................................................................................ 133
2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................ 133
AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................ 133
Symptom Chart............................................................................................................................................. 134
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value................................................................................................................... 158
A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT ....................................................................................................... 158
TCM INSPECTION TABLE.................................................................................................................................. 158
CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)....................................................................................................................... 159
FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................................. 159
CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE........................................................................................................................... 159
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE........................................................................................................................... 161
Display Items List................................................................................................................................ 161
DATA MONITOR MODE..................................................................................................................................... 163
Display Items List................................................................................................................................ 163
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE ................................................................................................................................ 166
Display Items List................................................................................................................................ 166
Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III................................................................................................................... 166
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST)........................................................................................................... 166
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)........................................................................................................... 166
TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS).............................................................................................................. 166
Description....................................................................................................................................... 166
Diagnostic Procedure.............................................................................................................................. 166
Judgement Self-diagnosis Code..................................................................................................................... 167
Erase Self-diagnosis.............................................................................................................................. 168
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE.............................................................................................................................. 169
Description............................................................................................................................................... 169
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 169
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 169
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 169
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 169
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 169
Wiring Diagram - AT - CAN................................................................................................................................. 170
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 171
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................ 172
Description............................................................................................................................................... 172
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 172
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 172
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 172
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 172
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 172
Wiring Diagram - AT - STSIG............................................................................................................................... 173
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 174
DTC P0700 TCM................................................................................................................................................. 176
Description............................................................................................................................................... 176
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 176
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 176
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 176
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 176
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 176
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 176
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH........................................................................................................................ 177
Description............................................................................................................................................... 177
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 177
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 177
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 177
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 177
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 177
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 177
Wiring Diagram - AT - PNP/SW.............................................................................................................................. 178
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 178
DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR........................................................................................................................... 181
Description............................................................................................................................................... 181
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 181
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 181
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 181
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 181
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 181
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 181
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 181
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)........................................................................................................ 183
Description............................................................................................................................................... 183
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 183
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 183
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 183
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 183
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 183
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 184
Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSA/T.............................................................................................................................. 184
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 185
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL................................................................................................................................. 187
Description............................................................................................................................................... 187
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 187
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 187
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 187
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 187
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 187
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 187
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION............................................................................................................................... 189
Description............................................................................................................................................... 189
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 189
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 189
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 189
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 189
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 190
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION............................................................................................................................... 191
Description............................................................................................................................................... 191
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 191
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 191
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 191
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 191
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 192
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION............................................................................................................................... 193
Description............................................................................................................................................... 193
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 193
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 193
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 193
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 193
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 194
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION............................................................................................................................... 195
Description............................................................................................................................................... 195
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 195
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 195
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 195
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 195
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 196
DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION............................................................................................................................... 197
Description............................................................................................................................................... 197
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 197
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 197
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 197
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 197
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 198
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE.............................................................................................................. 199
Description............................................................................................................................................... 199
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 199
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 199
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 199
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 199
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 199
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 199
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 199
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)...................................................................................................................... 201
Description............................................................................................................................................... 201
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 201
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 201
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 201
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 201
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 201
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 201
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 201
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................................ 203
Description............................................................................................................................................... 203
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 203
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 203
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 203
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 203
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 203
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 203
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 203
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR............................................................................................................................ 205
Description............................................................................................................................................... 205
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 205
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 205
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 205
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 205
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 205
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 205
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT................................................................................................................ 207
Description............................................................................................................................................... 207
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 207
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 207
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 207
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 207
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 207
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 207
Wiring Diagram - AT - FTS................................................................................................................................. 208
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 208
Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 210
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1........................................................................................................................ 210
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2........................................................................................................................ 210
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR............................................................................................................................ 212
Description............................................................................................................................................... 212
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 212
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 212
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 212
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 212
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 212
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 212
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK....................................................................................................................................... 214
Description............................................................................................................................................... 214
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 214
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 214
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 214
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 214
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 214
Judgement of A/T Interlock................................................................................................................................ 214
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 214
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING.............................................................................................................................. 216
Description............................................................................................................................................... 216
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 216
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 216
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 216
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 216
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 216
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 216
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE......................................................................................................................... 218
Description............................................................................................................................................... 218
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 218
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 218
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 218
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 218
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 218
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 218
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 218
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................... 220
Description............................................................................................................................................... 220
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 220
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 220
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 220
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 220
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 220
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 220
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 220
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................................ 222
Description............................................................................................................................................... 222
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 222
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 222
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 222
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 222
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 222
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 222
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 222
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................... 224
Description............................................................................................................................................... 224
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 224
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 224
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 224
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 224
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 224
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 224
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 224
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE...................................................................................................................... 226
Description............................................................................................................................................... 226
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 226
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 226
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 226
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 226
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 226
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 226
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 226
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION............................................................................................................. 228
Description............................................................................................................................................... 228
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 228
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 228
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 228
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 228
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 228
WITH GST.............................................................................................................................................. 228
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 228
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................. 230
Description............................................................................................................................................... 230
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 230
On Board Diagnosis Logic.................................................................................................................................. 230
Possible Cause............................................................................................................................................ 230
DTC Confirmation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 230
WITH CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................... 230
Wiring Diagram - AT - MMSW................................................................................................................................ 231
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 233
Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 234
MANUAL MODE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................... 234
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................... 235
Wiring Diagram - AT - MAIN................................................................................................................................ 235
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 236
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT.............................................................................................. 239
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 239
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 239
BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 240
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 240
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 240
A/T INDICATOR CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................... 241
Description............................................................................................................................................... 241
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode.......................................................................................................... 241
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 241
A/T INDICATOR SYMPTOM CHART........................................................................................................................... 241
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS................................................................................................................................ 242
Wiring Diagram - AT - NONDTC.............................................................................................................................. 242
A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On................................................................................................................. 245
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 245
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 245
Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position........................................................................................................... 245
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 245
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 245
In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed................................................................................................................ 246
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 246
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 246
In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves............................................................................................................................ 247
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 247
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 247
Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position)......................................................................................................................... 248
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 248
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 248
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position........................................................................................................... 250
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 250
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 250
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position............................................................................................................ 253
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 253
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 253
Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1......................................................................................................................... 255
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 255
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 255
A/T Does Not Shift: D1->D2................................................................................................................................ 257
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 257
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 257
A/T Does Not Shift: D2-> D3............................................................................................................................... 259
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 259
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 259
A/T Does Not Shift: D3-> D4............................................................................................................................... 261
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 261
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 261
A/T Does Not Shift: D4->D5................................................................................................................................ 263
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 263
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 263
A/T Does Not Lock-up...................................................................................................................................... 265
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 265
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 265
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition....................................................................................................................... 267
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 267
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 267
Lock-up Is Not Released................................................................................................................................... 269
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 269
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 269
Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle...................................................................................................................... 269
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 269
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 269
Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode.......................................................................................................................... 270
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 270
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 270
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear ->4th Gear................................................................................................................... 271
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 271
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 271
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear ->3rd Gear................................................................................................................... 272
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 272
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 272
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear->2nd Gear.................................................................................................................... 274
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 274
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 274
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear -> 1st Gear.................................................................................................................. 276
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 276
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 276
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake............................................................................................................... 277
SYMPTOM:.............................................................................................................................................. 277
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 277
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................... 280
Control Device Removal and Installation................................................................................................................... 280
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 280
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 281
Control Rod Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 281
CONTROL ROD COMPONENTS................................................................................................................................ 281
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 281
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 282
Adjustment of A/T Position................................................................................................................................ 282
Checking of A/T Position.................................................................................................................................. 282
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................... 283
Description............................................................................................................................................... 283
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location............................................................................................................... 283
Wiring Diagram - AT - SHIFT............................................................................................................................... 284
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 284
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE........................................................................................................................................... 287
Component................................................................................................................................................. 287
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 287
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 287
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 288
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE............................................................................................................................................ 290
Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2................................................................................................. 290
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 290
CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 290
Removal........................................................................................................................................... 290
Installation...................................................................................................................................... 294
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION............................................................................................... 298
Removal........................................................................................................................................... 298
Installation...................................................................................................................................... 299
Parking Component (2WD Models Only)....................................................................................................................... 301
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 301
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 301
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 304
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 305
Rear Oil Seal............................................................................................................................................. 308
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 308
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 308
Revolution Sensor Component (2WD Models Only)............................................................................................................. 308
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 308
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 309
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 311
AIR BREATHER HOSE............................................................................................................................................. 314
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 314
VQ35DE ENGINE MODEL................................................................................................................................... 314
VK45DE ENGINE MODEL................................................................................................................................... 314
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................................... 316
Removal and Installation (2WD Models)..................................................................................................................... 316
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 316
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 316
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 317
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter................................................................................................... 317
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 318
Removal and Installation (AWD Models)..................................................................................................................... 318
COMPONENTS (FOR VQ35DE)............................................................................................................................... 318
COMPONENTS (FOR VK45DE)............................................................................................................................... 319
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 320
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 322
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter................................................................................................... 322
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 322
OVERHAUL...................................................................................................................................................... 324
Component................................................................................................................................................. 324
Oil Channel............................................................................................................................................... 336
Location of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings............................................................................... 339
DISASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................................... 342
Disassembly............................................................................................................................................... 342
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS.................................................................................................................................... 360
Oil Pump.................................................................................................................................................. 360
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 360
DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 360
ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 361
Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-Way Clutch........................................................................................................................ 362
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 362
DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 362
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 363
3rd One-way Clutch................................................................................................................................ 363
Front Sun Gear Snap Ring.......................................................................................................................... 363
Front Sun Gear.................................................................................................................................... 363
ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 363
Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear........................................................................................................... 364
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 364
DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 366
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 368
Front Carrier Snap Ring........................................................................................................................... 368
Input Clutch Snap Ring............................................................................................................................ 368
Input Clutch Drum................................................................................................................................. 368
Input Clutch Drive Plates......................................................................................................................... 368
Input Clutch Retaining Plates and Driven Plates................................................................................................... 368
Front Carrier..................................................................................................................................... 368
Rear Internal Gear................................................................................................................................ 368
ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 368
Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub.............................................................................................. 370
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 370
DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 371
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 373
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub Snap Ring, Rear Sun Gear Snap Ring................................................................................ 373
1st One-way Clutch................................................................................................................................ 373
Mid Sun Gear...................................................................................................................................... 373
Rear Sun Gear..................................................................................................................................... 373
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub................................................................................................................... 373
ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 374
High and Low Reverse Clutch............................................................................................................................... 376
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 376
DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 377
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 377
High and Low Reverse Clutch Snap Ring............................................................................................................. 377
High and Low Reverse Clutch Drive Plates.......................................................................................................... 377
High and Low Reverse Clutch Retaining Plates and Driven Plates.................................................................................... 377
ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 377
Direct Clutch............................................................................................................................................. 378
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................ 378
DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 379
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 379
Direct Clutch Snap Ring........................................................................................................................... 379
Direct Clutch Drive Plates........................................................................................................................ 379
Direct Clutch Retaining Plates, Driven Plates and Dish Plate*..................................................................................... 379
ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 379
ASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................................... 381
Assembly (1).............................................................................................................................................. 381
Adjustment................................................................................................................................................ 395
TOTAL END PLAY........................................................................................................................................ 395
Assembly (2).............................................................................................................................................. 398
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)......................................................................................................................... 405
General Specification..................................................................................................................................... 405
Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs............................................................................................................... 405
2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................ 405
AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................ 405
Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases............................................................................................................ 406
2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................ 406
AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................ 406
Stall Speed............................................................................................................................................... 406
Line Pressure............................................................................................................................................. 406
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor.............................................................................................................................. 407
Turbine Revolution Sensor................................................................................................................................. 407
Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor).............................................................................................................. 407
Reverse Brake............................................................................................................................................. 407
Total End Play............................................................................................................................................ 407
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
atc....................................................................................................................................................................... 408
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents..................................................................................................................................................... 408
SERVICE INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................... 410
PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 410
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 410
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect................................................................................. 410
OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 410
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover........................................................................................................... 411
Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)............................................................................................................. 411
CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT.............................................................................................................................. 411
General Refrigerant Precaution............................................................................................................................ 411
Precaution for Refrigerant Connection..................................................................................................................... 412
ABOUT ONE-TOUCH JOINT................................................................................................................................. 412
Description....................................................................................................................................... 412
FEATURES OF NEW TYPE REFRIGERANT CONNECTION........................................................................................................... 414
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION..................................................................................................................... 414
VQ35DE............................................................................................................................................ 414
VK45DE............................................................................................................................................ 415
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications............................................................................................................ 415
Precaution for Service of Compressor...................................................................................................................... 416
Precaution for Service Equipment.......................................................................................................................... 416
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT.......................................................................................................................... 416
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR.............................................................................................................................. 417
VACUUM PUMP........................................................................................................................................... 417
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET.................................................................................................................................... 417
SERVICE HOSES......................................................................................................................................... 417
SERVICE COUPLERS...................................................................................................................................... 417
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE.............................................................................................................................. 418
CHARGING CYLINDER..................................................................................................................................... 418
Precaution for Leak Detection Dye......................................................................................................................... 418
IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................ 418
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE...................................................................................................................... 418
PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 420
Special Service Tool...................................................................................................................................... 420
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tool and Equipment.............................................................................................................. 420
Commercial Service Tool................................................................................................................................... 423
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................... 424
Refrigerant Cycle......................................................................................................................................... 424
REFRIGERANT FLOW...................................................................................................................................... 424
FREEZE PROTECTION..................................................................................................................................... 424
Refrigerant System Protection............................................................................................................................. 424
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR........................................................................................................................... 424
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE................................................................................................................................. 424
V-6 Variable Displacement Compressor...................................................................................................................... 424
GENERAL INFORMATION................................................................................................................................... 424
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 425
General........................................................................................................................................... 425
Operation......................................................................................................................................... 426
Component Part Location................................................................................................................................... 428
LUBRICANT..................................................................................................................................................... 429
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor........................................................................................................... 429
LUBRICANT............................................................................................................................................. 429
LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION............................................................................................................................ 429
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT EXCEPT COMPRESSOR............................................................................ 429
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT.............................................................................................. 430
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL....................................................................................................................................... 431
Description of Air Conditioner LAN Control System......................................................................................................... 431
System Construction....................................................................................................................................... 431
OPERATION............................................................................................................................................. 431
TRANSMISSION DATA AND TRANSMISSION ORDER.............................................................................................................. 432
Start:............................................................................................................................................ 432
Address:.......................................................................................................................................... 432
Opening Angle:.................................................................................................................................... 432
Error Check:...................................................................................................................................... 432
Stop Signal:...................................................................................................................................... 432
AIR MIX DOOR CONTROL (AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL).................................................................................................. 432
FAN SPEED CONTROL..................................................................................................................................... 433
INTAKE DOOR CONTROL................................................................................................................................... 433
MODE DOOR CONTROL..................................................................................................................................... 433
MAGNET CLUTCH CONTROL................................................................................................................................. 433
SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM................................................................................................................................. 433
Description of Control System............................................................................................................................. 434
Control Operation......................................................................................................................................... 434
DISPLAY SCREEN........................................................................................................................................ 434
AUTO SWITCH .......................................................................................................................................... 434
TEMPERATURE CONTROL SWITCH (POTENTIO TEMPERATURE CONTROL) (DRIVER SIDE)............................................................................... 435
TEMPERATURE CONTROL SWITCH (POTENTIO TEMPERATURE CONTROL) (PASSENGER SIDE)............................................................................ 435
INTAKE SWITCH......................................................................................................................................... 435
DEFROSTER (DEF) SWITCH................................................................................................................................ 435
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH........................................................................................................................... 435
OFF SWITCH............................................................................................................................................ 435
A/C SWITCH............................................................................................................................................ 435
MODE SWITCH........................................................................................................................................... 435
FAN SWITCH............................................................................................................................................ 435
DUAL SWITCH .......................................................................................................................................... 435
Fail-Safe Function........................................................................................................................................ 435
Discharge Air Flow........................................................................................................................................ 436
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 437
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION................................................................................................................... 437
CAN Communication System Description...................................................................................................................... 437
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................................. 439
CONSULT-III Function...................................................................................................................................... 439
DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 439
Display Item List................................................................................................................................. 439
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair............................................................................................ 439
WORK FLOW............................................................................................................................................. 439
SYMPTOM TABLE......................................................................................................................................... 439
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................ 441
ENGINE COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................................... 441
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................. 442
Schematic................................................................................................................................................. 443
Wiring Diagram - A/C -.................................................................................................................................... 444
Auto Amp. Terminal and Reference Value.................................................................................................................... 449
PIN CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT......................................................................................................................... 449
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE FOR UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP........................................................................................... 449
Self-Diagnosis Function................................................................................................................................... 450
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 450
FUNCTION CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................... 451
AUXILIARY MECHANISM: TEMPERATURE SETTING TRIMMER...................................................................................................... 455
AUXILIARY MECHANISM: FOOT POSITION SETTING TRIMMER.................................................................................................... 456
AUXILIARY MECHANISM: INLET PORT MEMORY FUNCTION....................................................................................................... 457
Operational Check......................................................................................................................................... 457
CHECKING MEMORY FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................. 457
CHECKING BLOWER....................................................................................................................................... 457
CHECKING DISCHARGE AIR................................................................................................................................ 458
CHECKING INTAKE AIR................................................................................................................................... 458
CHECKING TEMPERATURE DECREASE......................................................................................................................... 458
CHECKING TEMPERATURE INCREASE......................................................................................................................... 458
CHECKING A/C SWITCH................................................................................................................................... 458
CHECKING AUTO MODE.................................................................................................................................... 458
Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Auto Amp.............................................................................................................. 459
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 459
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 459
Unified Meter and A/C Amp. (Automatic Amplifier).................................................................................................. 459
Potentio Temperature Control (PTC)................................................................................................................ 459
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR A/C SYSTEM.................................................................................................................... 460
LAN System Circuit........................................................................................................................................ 461
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR LAN CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 461
Mode Door Motor Circuit................................................................................................................................... 464
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 464
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................... 465
Component Parts................................................................................................................................... 465
System Operation.................................................................................................................................. 465
Mode Door Control Specification................................................................................................................... 465
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 466
Mode Door Motor................................................................................................................................... 466
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR MODE DOOR MOTOR............................................................................................................... 466
Air Mix Door Motor Circuit................................................................................................................................ 466
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 466
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................... 467
Component Parts................................................................................................................................... 467
System Operation.................................................................................................................................. 468
Air Mix Door Control Specification................................................................................................................ 468
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 468
Air Mix Door Motor................................................................................................................................ 468
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR............................................................................................................ 469
Air Mix Door Motor PBR Circuit............................................................................................................................ 469
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR PBR........................................................................................................ 469
Intake Door Motor Circuit................................................................................................................................. 469
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 469
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................... 470
Component Parts................................................................................................................................... 470
System Operation.................................................................................................................................. 471
Intake Door Control Specification................................................................................................................. 471
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 471
Intake Door Motor................................................................................................................................. 471
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR INTAKE DOOR MOTOR............................................................................................................. 471
Blower Motor Circuit...................................................................................................................................... 471
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 471
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................... 472
Component Parts................................................................................................................................... 472
System Operation.................................................................................................................................. 473
Automatic Mode.................................................................................................................................... 473
Starting Fan Speed Control........................................................................................................................ 473
Blower Speed Compensation......................................................................................................................... 473
Fan Speed Control Specification................................................................................................................... 473
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 474
Brush-Less Motor.................................................................................................................................. 474
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR BLOWER MOTOR.................................................................................................................. 474
COMPONENT INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................. 475
Blower Motor...................................................................................................................................... 475
Magnet Clutch Circuit..................................................................................................................................... 476
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 476
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................... 477
Low Temperature Protection Control................................................................................................................ 477
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR MAGNET CLUTCH................................................................................................................. 477
COMPONENT INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................. 481
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor....................................................................................................................... 481
Insufficient Cooling...................................................................................................................................... 482
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 482
PERFORMANCE TEST DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................ 483
PERFORMANCE CHART..................................................................................................................................... 484
Test Condition.................................................................................................................................... 484
Test Reading...................................................................................................................................... 485
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR UNUSUAL PRESSURE................................................................................................................ 485
Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too High.................................................................................................... 485
High-pressure Side is Too High and Low-pressure Side is Too Low................................................................................... 486
High-pressure Side is Too Low and Low-pressure Side is Too High................................................................................... 486
Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too Low..................................................................................................... 486
Low-pressure Side Sometimes Becomes Negative...................................................................................................... 487
Low-pressure Side Becomes Negative................................................................................................................ 487
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR INSUFFICIENT COOLING.......................................................................................................... 488
Insufficient Heating...................................................................................................................................... 489
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 489
Noise..................................................................................................................................................... 490
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 490
Self-Diagnosis............................................................................................................................................ 491
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 491
Memory Function........................................................................................................................................... 492
INSPECTION FLOW....................................................................................................................................... 492
Ambient Sensor Circuit.................................................................................................................................... 493
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 493
Ambient Sensor.................................................................................................................................... 493
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT PROCESS..................................................................................................................... 493
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR AMBIENT SENSOR................................................................................................................ 493
COMPONENT INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................. 495
Ambient Sensor.................................................................................................................................... 495
In-vehicle Sensor Circuit................................................................................................................................. 495
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 495
In-vehicle Sensor................................................................................................................................. 495
Aspirator......................................................................................................................................... 496
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR IN-VEHICLE SENSOR............................................................................................................. 496
COMPONENT INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................. 497
In-vehicle Sensor................................................................................................................................. 497
Sunload Sensor Circuit.................................................................................................................................... 498
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 498
Sunload Sensor.................................................................................................................................... 498
SUNLOAD INPUT PROCESS................................................................................................................................. 498
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR SUNLOAD SENSOR................................................................................................................ 498
COMPONENT INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................. 500
Sunload Sensor.................................................................................................................................... 500
Intake Sensor Circuit..................................................................................................................................... 501
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 501
Intake Sensor..................................................................................................................................... 501
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR INTAKE SENSOR................................................................................................................. 501
COMPONENT INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................. 502
Intake Sensor..................................................................................................................................... 502
CONTROLLER.................................................................................................................................................... 504
Removal and Installation of A/C and AV Switch............................................................................................................. 504
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 504
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 504
AUTO AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 505
Removal and Installation of Unified Meter and A/C Amp..................................................................................................... 505
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 505
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 505
AMBIENT SENSOR................................................................................................................................................ 506
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 506
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 506
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 506
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR............................................................................................................................................. 507
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 507
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 507
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 507
SUNLOAD SENSOR................................................................................................................................................ 508
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 508
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 508
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 508
INTAKE SENSOR................................................................................................................................................. 509
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 509
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 509
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 509
BLOWER UNIT................................................................................................................................................... 510
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 510
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 510
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 510
Disassembly and Assembly.................................................................................................................................. 511
BLOWER MOTOR.................................................................................................................................................. 512
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 512
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 512
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 512
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR............................................................................................................................................. 513
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 513
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 513
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 513
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER.......................................................................................................................................... 514
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 514
FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................................. 514
REPLACEMENT TIMING.................................................................................................................................... 514
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES................................................................................................................................ 514
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................ 515
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 515
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 515
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 516
Disassembly and Assembly.................................................................................................................................. 518
MODE DOOR MOTOR............................................................................................................................................... 520
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 520
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 520
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 520
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR ........................................................................................................................................... 521
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 521
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 521
Driver Side ...................................................................................................................................... 521
Passenger Side ................................................................................................................................... 521
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 521
HEATER CORE................................................................................................................................................... 522
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 522
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 522
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 522
DUCTS AND GRILLES............................................................................................................................................. 523
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 523
COMPONENT LAYOUT...................................................................................................................................... 523
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 523
Removal of Center Ventilator Grilles.............................................................................................................. 523
Removal of Side Ventilation....................................................................................................................... 523
Removal of Rear Ventilator Grilles................................................................................................................ 523
Removal of Defroster Nozzle, Ducts and Ventilator Ducts........................................................................................... 524
Removal of Rear Ventilator Ducts.................................................................................................................. 524
Removal of Foot Ducts............................................................................................................................. 525
Removal of Floor Ducts............................................................................................................................ 525
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 526
REFRIGERANT LINES............................................................................................................................................. 527
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure....................................................................................................................... 527
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT................................................................................................................ 527
Discharging Refrigerant........................................................................................................................... 527
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant........................................................................................................ 527
Component................................................................................................................................................. 528
VQ35DE................................................................................................................................................ 529
VK45DE................................................................................................................................................ 530
Removal and Installation of Compressor.................................................................................................................... 530
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 530
VQ35DE............................................................................................................................................ 530
VK45DE............................................................................................................................................ 531
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 532
Removal and Installation of Compressor Clutch............................................................................................................. 532
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 532
Overhaul.......................................................................................................................................... 532
Inspection........................................................................................................................................ 534
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 534
Break-in Operation................................................................................................................................ 535
Removal and Installation of Low-Pressure Flexible Hose.................................................................................................... 535
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 535
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 536
Removal and Installation of High-pressure Flexible Hose................................................................................................... 536
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 536
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 537
Removal and Installation of Low-Pressure Pipe 1 (Engine Compartment)...................................................................................... 538
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 538
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 538
Removal and Installation of High-pressure Pipe 1 and 2 (Engine Compartment)............................................................................... 539
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 539
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 540
Removal and Installation of Low-Pressure Pipe 2 and High-pressure Pipe 3.................................................................................. 540
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 540
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 541
Removal and Installation of Liquid Tank................................................................................................................... 541
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 541
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 542
Removal and Installation of Condenser..................................................................................................................... 542
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 542
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 543
Removal and Installation of Refrigerant Pressure Sensor................................................................................................... 544
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 544
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 544
Removal and Installation of Evaporator.................................................................................................................... 544
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 544
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 544
Removal and Installation of Expansion Valve............................................................................................................... 545
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 545
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 545
Checking of Refrigerant Leaks............................................................................................................................. 545
Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent Leak Detector............................................................................................. 545
Dye Injection............................................................................................................................................. 546
Electrical Leak Detector.................................................................................................................................. 546
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR................................................................................................................ 546
CHECKING PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................... 547
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)......................................................................................................................... 549
Compressor................................................................................................................................................ 549
Lubricant................................................................................................................................................. 549
Refrigerant............................................................................................................................................... 549
Engine Idling Speed....................................................................................................................................... 549
Belt Tension.............................................................................................................................................. 549
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
av........................................................................................................................................................................ 550
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents..................................................................................................................................................... 550
SERVICE INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................... 552
PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 552
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 552
PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 553
Commercial Service Tool................................................................................................................................... 553
AUDIO......................................................................................................................................................... 554
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 554
AUDIO SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................... 554
SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME SYSTEM......................................................................................................................... 554
Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 555
Schematic - AUDIO - / with Navigation System.............................................................................................................. 556
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO - / with Navigation System......................................................................................................... 557
Schematic - AUDIO - without Navigation System............................................................................................................. 567
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO - / without Navigation System...................................................................................................... 568
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit............................................................................................................... 577
Terminal and Reference Value for BOSE Speaker Amp......................................................................................................... 579
Terminal and Reference Value for A/C and AV Switch........................................................................................................ 581
Terminal and Reference Value for Woofer................................................................................................................... 582
Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner.................................................................................................... 583
A/C and AV Switch Self-Diagnosis Function................................................................................................................. 583
STARTING THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE...................................................................................................................... 584
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ................................................................................................................................... 584
EXITING THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE....................................................................................................................... 584
Trouble Diagnosis......................................................................................................................................... 584
Power Supply Circuit Inspection........................................................................................................................... 585
Audio Steering Wheel Switch Inspection.................................................................................................................... 586
A/C and AV Switch Inspection.............................................................................................................................. 588
BOSE Speaker Amp. Inspection.............................................................................................................................. 588
Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection........................................................................................................................... 589
Locking CD Auto-Changer Mechanism......................................................................................................................... 590
DAMPER LOCK PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................. 590
Removal and Installation of Audio Unit.................................................................................................................... 590
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 590
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 590
Disassembly and Assembly of Audio Unit.................................................................................................................... 591
DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 591
ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 591
Removal and Installation for A/C and AV Switch............................................................................................................ 591
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 591
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 591
Removal and Installation for Front Door Speaker........................................................................................................... 592
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 592
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 592
Removal and Installation for Rear Door Speaker............................................................................................................ 592
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 592
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 592
Removal and Installation for Instrument Speaker........................................................................................................... 592
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 592
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 592
Removal and Installation for Tweeter...................................................................................................................... 593
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 593
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 593
Removal and Installation for Woofer (BOSE System)......................................................................................................... 593
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 593
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 593
Removal and Installation for BOSE Speaker Amp............................................................................................................. 593
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 593
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 594
Removal and Installation of Satellite Radio Tuner......................................................................................................... 594
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 594
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 594
Removal and Installation of Satellite Radio Antenna....................................................................................................... 594
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 594
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 594
ANTENNA....................................................................................................................................................... 595
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 595
Wiring Diagram - M/ANT -.................................................................................................................................. 596
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit............................................................................................................... 597
Antenna Amp. Inspection................................................................................................................................... 597
Location of Antenna....................................................................................................................................... 598
RADIO ANTENNA AND GPS ANTENNA......................................................................................................................... 598
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA............................................................................................................................... 598
Window Antenna Repair..................................................................................................................................... 598
CHECK ELEMENT......................................................................................................................................... 598
Removal and Installation of Roof Antenna.................................................................................................................. 600
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 600
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 600
Removal and Installation of Satellite Radio Antenna....................................................................................................... 600
INTEGRATED DISPLAY SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................... 601
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 601
INTEGRATED DISPLAY SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 601
Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 601
DISPLAY CONTROL UNIT.................................................................................................................................. 601
DISPLAY............................................................................................................................................... 602
A/C AND AV SWITCH..................................................................................................................................... 602
CAN Communication Unit.................................................................................................................................... 602
Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 602
Schematic - INF/D -....................................................................................................................................... 603
Wiring Diagram - INF/D -.................................................................................................................................. 604
Schematic - COMM -........................................................................................................................................ 610
Wiring Diagram - COMM -................................................................................................................................... 611
Terminal and Reference Value for Display Control Unit..................................................................................................... 616
Terminal and Reference Value for Display.................................................................................................................. 618
Terminal and Reference Value for A/C and AV Switch........................................................................................................ 620
Special Note for Trouble Diagnosis........................................................................................................................ 621
On Board Self-Diagnosis Function.......................................................................................................................... 621
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 621
DIAGNOSIS ITEM........................................................................................................................................ 621
Self-Diagnosis Mode (DCU)................................................................................................................................. 622
OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 622
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT................................................................................................................................. 623
Quick Reference Table............................................................................................................................. 623
Self-Diagnosis Codes.............................................................................................................................. 623
Confirmation/Adjustment Mode.............................................................................................................................. 624
OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 624
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 625
VEHICLE SIGNALS....................................................................................................................................... 625
AUTO CLIMATE CONTROL.................................................................................................................................. 626
CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor............................................................................................................................ 626
OPERATION PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................................. 626
A/C and AV Switch Self-Diagnosis Function................................................................................................................. 627
STARTING THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE...................................................................................................................... 627
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ................................................................................................................................... 627
EXITING THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE....................................................................................................................... 628
CAN Communication Check................................................................................................................................... 628
Unable to Operate System with A/C and AV Switch........................................................................................................... 628
All Images Are Not Displayed.............................................................................................................................. 629
Tint Is Strange for the RGB Image......................................................................................................................... 631
RGB Image Is Rolling...................................................................................................................................... 633
Value for All Item in the TRIP Screen Do Not Change....................................................................................................... 634
Value for Item, "Driving Distance" and "Average Speed" Do Not Change...................................................................................... 634
Value for All Item in the FUEL ECONOMY Screen Do Not Change............................................................................................... 634
Example of Symptom Possible No Malfunction................................................................................................................ 635
DISPLAY............................................................................................................................................... 635
Removal and Installation of Display....................................................................................................................... 635
Removal and Installation of Display Control Unit.......................................................................................................... 635
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 635
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 635
Removal and Installation of A/C and AV Switch............................................................................................................. 635
NAVIGATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................. 636
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 636
NAVIGATION SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................... 636
Location Detection Principle...................................................................................................................... 636
Map-Matching...................................................................................................................................... 637
GPS (Global Positioning System)................................................................................................................... 638
Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 638
NAVI CONTROL UNIT..................................................................................................................................... 638
DVD-ROM Drive..................................................................................................................................... 639
DVD-ROM........................................................................................................................................... 639
Gyro (Angular Speed Sensor)....................................................................................................................... 639
GPS ANTENNA........................................................................................................................................... 639
DISPLAY CONTROL UNIT.................................................................................................................................. 639
DISPLAY............................................................................................................................................... 639
A/C AND AV SWITCH..................................................................................................................................... 640
CAN Communication Unit.................................................................................................................................... 640
Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 640
Schematic - NAVI -........................................................................................................................................ 641
Wiring Diagram - NAVI -................................................................................................................................... 642
Schematic - COMM -........................................................................................................................................ 649
Wiring Diagram - COMM -................................................................................................................................... 650
Terminal and Reference Value for NAVI Control Unit........................................................................................................ 655
Terminal and Reference Value for Display Control Unit..................................................................................................... 656
Terminal and Reference Value for Display.................................................................................................................. 660
Terminal and Reference Value for A/C and AV Switch........................................................................................................ 662
Special Note for Trouble Diagnosis........................................................................................................................ 662
On Board Self-Diagnosis Function.......................................................................................................................... 662
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 662
DIAGNOSIS ITEM........................................................................................................................................ 662
Self-Diagnosis Mode (DCU)................................................................................................................................. 663
OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 663
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT................................................................................................................................. 665
Quick Reference Table............................................................................................................................. 665
Self-Diagnosis Codes.............................................................................................................................. 665
Self-Diagnosis Mode (NAVI)................................................................................................................................ 666
OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 666
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT................................................................................................................................. 667
Quick Reference Table............................................................................................................................. 667
Confirmation/Adjustment Mode.............................................................................................................................. 668
OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 668
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 669
VEHICLE SIGNALS....................................................................................................................................... 670
AUTO CLIMATE CONTROL.................................................................................................................................. 670
NAVIGATION............................................................................................................................................ 670
Display Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 670
Vehicle Signals................................................................................................................................... 671
Navigation........................................................................................................................................ 671
Error History..................................................................................................................................... 672
Diagnosis by Error History........................................................................................................................ 673
Delete Unit Connection Log........................................................................................................................ 673
CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor............................................................................................................................ 674
OPERATION PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................................. 674
A/C and AV Switch Self-Diagnosis Function................................................................................................................. 675
STARTING THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE...................................................................................................................... 675
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ................................................................................................................................... 675
EXITING THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE....................................................................................................................... 675
CAN Communication Check................................................................................................................................... 675
Unable to Operate System with A/C and AV Switch........................................................................................................... 676
All Images Are Not Displayed.............................................................................................................................. 677
Status Screen for Audio and A/C Is Not Displayed When Showing Map Screen.................................................................................. 679
Vehicle Mark Is Not Displayed Properly.................................................................................................................... 680
Tint Is Strange for the RGB Image......................................................................................................................... 681
Tint Is Strange for the RGB Image (Only NAVI Screen)...................................................................................................... 682
RGB Image Is Rolling...................................................................................................................................... 684
Value for All Item in the TRIP Screen Do Not Change....................................................................................................... 686
Value for Item, "Driving Distance" and "Average Speed" Do Not Change...................................................................................... 686
Value for All Item in the FUEL ECONOMY Screen Do Not Change............................................................................................... 686
Voice Guidance Is Not Heard............................................................................................................................... 687
Example of Symptom Possible No Malfunction................................................................................................................ 687
BASIC OPERATIONS...................................................................................................................................... 687
VEHICLE MARKS......................................................................................................................................... 688
DVD-ROM............................................................................................................................................... 689
ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCE................................................................................................................. 689
VOICE GUIDANCE........................................................................................................................................ 689
Removal and Installation of NAVI Control Unit............................................................................................................. 690
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 690
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 690
Removal and Installation of GPS Antenna................................................................................................................... 691
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 691
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 691
Removal and Installation of A/C and AV Switch............................................................................................................. 691
Removal and Installation of Display Unit.................................................................................................................. 691
Removal and Installation of Display Control Unit.......................................................................................................... 691
INFINITI MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................... 692
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 692
Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 692
Wiring Diagram - MES -.................................................................................................................................... 693
Terminal and Reference Value for DVD Player............................................................................................................... 695
Terminal and Reference Value for DVD Display.............................................................................................................. 696
DVD Player Does Not Work.................................................................................................................................. 697
Screen Is Not Shown (While Sounds Come Out of an Audio Speaker, Did Not Do of a Head Phone)............................................................... 699
Screen Is not Shown (Sounds Come Out of Both an Audio Speaker and a Head Phone)........................................................................... 700
Head Phone Does Not Sound................................................................................................................................. 701
Remote Controller Does Not Work........................................................................................................................... 702
No CD·DVD Sound from All Speakers......................................................................................................................... 703
Removal and Installation for DVD Player................................................................................................................... 704
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 704
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 705
Removal and Installation for DVD Display Unit............................................................................................................. 705
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 705
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 706
TELEPHONE..................................................................................................................................................... 707
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 707
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 707
Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 708
Schematic................................................................................................................................................. 709
Wiring Diagram - H/PHON -................................................................................................................................. 710
Terminal and Reference Value for TEL Adapter Unit......................................................................................................... 715
Self-Diagnosis Function................................................................................................................................... 716
OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 716
Basic Inspection of Hands-Free Phone...................................................................................................................... 717
Audio Steering Wheel Switch Does Not Operate.............................................................................................................. 718
Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate......................................................................................................... 719
TEL VOICE GUIDANCE IS HEARD WHEN PRESSING AUDIO STEERING WHEEL SWITCH ................................................................................ 719
TEL VOICE GUIDANCE IS NOT HEARD WHEN PRESSING AUDIO STEERING WHEEL SWITCH............................................................................. 720
Removal and Installation of TEL Adapter Unit.............................................................................................................. 721
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 721
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 721
Removal and Installation for TEL Antenna.................................................................................................................. 721
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 721
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 722
Removal and Installation of Microphone.................................................................................................................... 722
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 722
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 722
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
bcs....................................................................................................................................................................... 723
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents..................................................................................................................................................... 723
SERVICE INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................... 724
DTC INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 724
U1000..................................................................................................................................................... 724
PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 725
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 725
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)..................................................................................................................................... 726
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 726
BCM FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................................... 726
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION................................................................................................................... 726
Description....................................................................................................................................... 726
Operation Description............................................................................................................................. 726
Operation Table Of BCM and Combination Switches................................................................................................... 726
Sample Operation: (When Lighting Switch 1ST Position Turned ON)................................................................................... 727
Operation Mode.................................................................................................................................... 727
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL............................................................................................................................. 728
BCM STATUS CONTROL.................................................................................................................................... 728
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM DIRECTLY.................................................................................................................... 729
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM AND IPDM E/R................................................................................................................ 729
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM AND COMBINATION METER....................................................................................................... 729
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM AND INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT.................................................................................................... 729
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM, COMBINATION METER AND IPDM E/R............................................................................................. 729
MAJOR COMPONENTS AND CONTROL SYSTEM................................................................................................................... 730
CAN Communication Unit.................................................................................................................................... 731
Schematic................................................................................................................................................. 732
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)................................................................................................................................ 733
ITEMS OF EACH PART.................................................................................................................................... 734
WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 734
Display Item List................................................................................................................................. 734
SELF-DIAG RESULTS..................................................................................................................................... 735
U1000 CAN Communication Circuit........................................................................................................................... 735
Removal and Installation of BCM........................................................................................................................... 735
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 735
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 736
bl........................................................................................................................................................................ 737
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents..................................................................................................................................................... 737
SERVICE INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................... 740
DTC INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 740
INTELLGENT KEY UNIT U1000................................................................................................................................. 740
INTELLGENT KEY UNIT B2013-B2014........................................................................................................................... 740
ECM P1610-P1615........................................................................................................................................... 740
PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 741
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 741
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect................................................................................. 741
OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 741
Precaution for Work....................................................................................................................................... 741
PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 742
Special Service Tool...................................................................................................................................... 742
Commercial Service Tool................................................................................................................................... 742
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................... 743
Work Flow................................................................................................................................................. 743
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW.................................................................................................................................... 743
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE.................................................................................................................... 743
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS....................................................................................................................... 744
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE.......................................................................................................... 744
REPAIR THE CAUSE ..................................................................................................................................... 744
CONFIRM THE REPAIR.................................................................................................................................... 745
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting................................................................................................................. 745
INSTRUMENT PANEL...................................................................................................................................... 745
CENTER CONSOLE........................................................................................................................................ 745
DOORS................................................................................................................................................. 745
TRUNK................................................................................................................................................. 745
SUNROOF/HEADLINING.................................................................................................................................... 746
SEATS................................................................................................................................................. 746
UNDERHOOD............................................................................................................................................. 746
Diagnostic Worksheet...................................................................................................................................... 747
HOOD.......................................................................................................................................................... 749
Fitting Adjustment........................................................................................................................................ 749
LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................... 749
FRONT END HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................................... 749
SURFACE HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................. 749
Removal and Installation of Hood Assembly................................................................................................................. 750
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 750
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 751
Removal and Installation of Hood Lock Control............................................................................................................. 751
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 751
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 752
Hood Lock Control Inspection.............................................................................................................................. 752
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................... 754
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 754
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 754
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 755
FRONT FENDER.................................................................................................................................................. 756
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 756
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 756
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 756
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................ 757
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................ 757
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 758
OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 759
Functions Available by Operating the Door Lock and Unlock Switches on Driver's Door and Passenger's Door.......................................... 759
Functions Available by Operating the Key Cylinder Switch on Driver's ............................................................................. 759
Select Unlock Operation........................................................................................................................... 759
Key Reminder Door System.......................................................................................................................... 759
CAN Communication System Description...................................................................................................................... 759
CAN Communication Unit.................................................................................................................................... 759
Schematic/With Intelligent Key............................................................................................................................ 760
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK -/With Intelligent Key............................................................................................................ 761
Schematic/Without Intelligent Key......................................................................................................................... 766
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK -/Without Intelligent Key......................................................................................................... 767
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM...................................................................................................................... 771
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit (With Intelligent Key System)....................................................................... 771
Work Flow................................................................................................................................................. 772
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)................................................................................................................................ 772
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS......................................................................................................................... 772
Work Support...................................................................................................................................... 772
Data Monitor...................................................................................................................................... 772
Active Test....................................................................................................................................... 772
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom........................................................................................................................ 773
Check BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit................................................................................................................. 773
Check Door Switch......................................................................................................................................... 774
CHECK DOOR SWITCH (EXCEPT BACK DOOR SWITCH)........................................................................................................... 774
CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH................................................................................................................................ 776
Check Key Switch.......................................................................................................................................... 778
Check Door Lock and Unlock Switch......................................................................................................................... 779
Check Door Lock Actuator (Driver Side).................................................................................................................... 781
Check Door Lock Actuator (Passenger Side and Rear LH/RH).................................................................................................. 781
Check Fuel Lid Lock Actuator.............................................................................................................................. 782
Check Front Door Key Cylinder Switch (Lock)............................................................................................................... 783
Check Front Door Key Cylinder Switch (Unlock)............................................................................................................. 783
Check Select Unlock Relay Circuit......................................................................................................................... 784
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM................................................................................................................................... 786
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................ 786
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 786
INPUTS................................................................................................................................................ 786
OPERATED PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................... 787
Power Door Lock Operation......................................................................................................................... 787
Hazard and Horn Reminder.......................................................................................................................... 787
Auto Door Lock Operation.......................................................................................................................... 788
Panic Alarm Operation............................................................................................................................. 788
Keyless Power Window Down (Open) Operation........................................................................................................ 788
Room Lamp and Ignition Key Ring Illumination Operation............................................................................................ 788
CAN Communication System Description...................................................................................................................... 789
CAN Communication Unit.................................................................................................................................... 789
Schematic................................................................................................................................................. 790
Wiring Diagram - KEYLES -................................................................................................................................. 791
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM...................................................................................................................... 794
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R................................................................................................................. 795
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)................................................................................................................................ 796
DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 796
ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 796
WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 797
Horn Chirp Set*................................................................................................................................... 797
Hazard Lamp Set*.................................................................................................................................. 797
Multi Answer Back Set............................................................................................................................. 797
Auto Lock Set..................................................................................................................................... 797
Panic Alarm Set................................................................................................................................... 797
PW Down Set....................................................................................................................................... 798
Work Flow................................................................................................................................................. 798
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom........................................................................................................................ 798
Check Key Fob Battery and Function........................................................................................................................ 799
Check ACC Switch.......................................................................................................................................... 800
Check Door Switch......................................................................................................................................... 801
CHECK DOOR SWITCH (EXCEPT BACK DOOR SWITCH)........................................................................................................... 801
CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH................................................................................................................................ 802
Check Key Switch.......................................................................................................................................... 804
Check Remote Keyless Entry Receiver....................................................................................................................... 805
Check IPDM E/R Operation.................................................................................................................................. 807
Check Hazard Warning Lamp Function........................................................................................................................ 808
Check Horn Function....................................................................................................................................... 808
Check Headlamp Function................................................................................................................................... 808
Check Map Lamp and Ignition Keyhole Illumination Function................................................................................................. 808
ID Code Entry Procedure................................................................................................................................... 809
KEY FOB ID SET UP WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................... 809
KEY FOB ID SET UP WITHOUT CONSULT-III................................................................................................................. 810
Removal and Installation of Remote keyless Entry receiver................................................................................................. 811
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 811
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 811
Key Fob Battery Replacement............................................................................................................................... 811
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................ 812
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................ 812
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 814
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................... 814
Operation Description............................................................................................................................. 814
Operation Condition............................................................................................................................... 815
Auto Door Lock Function........................................................................................................................... 815
Key Reminder Function............................................................................................................................. 815
Intelligent Key Lock-in Prevention Function....................................................................................................... 815
REMOTE CONTROL ENTRY FUNCTIONS........................................................................................................................ 815
Door Lock Function................................................................................................................................ 815
Map Lamp And Keyhole Illumination Function........................................................................................................ 815
Panic Alarm Function.............................................................................................................................. 816
Remote Control Power Window Down (Open) Operation................................................................................................. 816
Key Reminder Function............................................................................................................................. 816
ENGINE STARTUP FUNCTION............................................................................................................................... 816
Operation Description............................................................................................................................. 816
Operation Range................................................................................................................................... 816
Active Check Function............................................................................................................................. 816
WARNING AND ALARM FUNCTION............................................................................................................................ 816
Operation Description............................................................................................................................. 817
Operation Condition............................................................................................................................... 817
Warning Procedure................................................................................................................................. 818
CHANGE SETTINGS FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................. 818
Changing Settings With the Intelligent Key........................................................................................................ 818
Changing Settings Using CONSULT-III............................................................................................................... 819
Changing Settings Using Display Unit.............................................................................................................. 819
INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION.......................................................................................................................... 819
STEERING LOCK UNIT REGISTRATION....................................................................................................................... 819
Steering Lock Unit ID Registration................................................................................................................ 819
CAN Communication System Description...................................................................................................................... 819
CAN Communication Unit.................................................................................................................................... 820
Schematic................................................................................................................................................. 820
Wiring Diagram - I/KEY -.................................................................................................................................. 822
Terminal and Reference Value for INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT..................................................................................................... 835
Terminal and Reference Value for Steering Lock unit....................................................................................................... 837
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM...................................................................................................................... 837
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R................................................................................................................. 838
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 839
WORK FLOW............................................................................................................................................. 839
CONSULT-III Functions (INTELLIGENT KEY)................................................................................................................... 839
CONSULT-III Application Item.............................................................................................................................. 840
WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 840
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS............................................................................................................................... 840
DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 840
MAIN SIGNALS Display Item......................................................................................................................... 840
ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 841
List of Operation Related Parts........................................................................................................................... 841
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart........................................................................................................................... 842
ALL FUNCTIONS OF THE INTELLIGENT KEY ARE NOT OPERATING................................................................................................ 842
REMOTE CONTROL ENTRY FUNCTION MALFUNCTION............................................................................................................. 843
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION MALFUNCTION........................................................................................................................ 843
ENGINE START FUNCTION MALFUNCTION..................................................................................................................... 844
Intelligent Key Operation Inspection.............................................................................................................. 844
Mechanical Key Operation Inspection............................................................................................................... 845
WARNING CHIME FUNCTION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................................... 845
Check CAN Communication System Inspection................................................................................................................. 847
Check Intelligent Key Unit Power Supply and Ground Circuit................................................................................................ 847
Check Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input)............................................................................................................. 848
Check Key Switch (BCM Input).............................................................................................................................. 849
Check Ignition Knob Switch................................................................................................................................ 850
Check Door Switch......................................................................................................................................... 851
CHECK DOOR SWITCH (EXCEPT BACK DOOR SWITCH)........................................................................................................... 851
CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH................................................................................................................................ 852
Check Unlock Sensor....................................................................................................................................... 853
Check Door Request Switch................................................................................................................................. 855
Check Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer...................................................................................................................... 856
Check Outside Key Antenna................................................................................................................................. 857
Check Inside Key Antenna.................................................................................................................................. 859
Check Steering Lock Unit.................................................................................................................................. 860
Check Stop Lamp Switch.................................................................................................................................... 862
Check Park Position Switch................................................................................................................................ 862
Check Select Unlock Relay................................................................................................................................. 864
Check Hazard Function..................................................................................................................................... 864
Check Horn Function....................................................................................................................................... 865
Check Headlamp Function................................................................................................................................... 865
Check IPDM E/R Operation.................................................................................................................................. 865
Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit.......................................................................................................... 866
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 866
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 866
Intelligent Key Battery Replacement....................................................................................................................... 866
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY INSPECTION.................................................................................................................... 866
DOOR.......................................................................................................................................................... 867
Fitting Adjustment........................................................................................................................................ 867
FRONT DOOR............................................................................................................................................ 867
Longitudinal Clearance and Surface Height Adjustment at Front End................................................................................. 867
REAR DOOR............................................................................................................................................. 867
Longitudinal Clearance and Surface Height Adjustment at Front End................................................................................. 867
STRIKER ADJUSTMENT.................................................................................................................................... 867
Removal and Installation of Front Door.................................................................................................................... 868
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 868
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 869
Removal and Installation of Rear Door..................................................................................................................... 869
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 869
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 869
Removal and Installation of Door Weatherstrip............................................................................................................. 870
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 870
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 870
FRONT DOOR LOCK............................................................................................................................................... 871
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 871
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 871
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 873
REAR DOOR LOCK................................................................................................................................................ 874
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 874
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 874
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 876
BACK DOOR..................................................................................................................................................... 877
Fitting Adjustment........................................................................................................................................ 877
VERTICAL/LATERAL CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................. 877
Back Door Assembly........................................................................................................................................ 877
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 877
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 878
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 878
Removal and Installation of Back Door Striker............................................................................................................. 878
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 878
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 879
Removal and Installation of Back Door Stay................................................................................................................ 879
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 879
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 879
Removal and Installation of Dave Tail Male & Female....................................................................................................... 880
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 880
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 880
Removal and Installation of Back Door Weather-strip....................................................................................................... 880
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 880
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 880
BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................... 882
Removal and Installation of Back Door Lock & Closure Assembly............................................................................................. 882
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 882
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 882
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 882
Removal and Installation of Back Door Opener Switch....................................................................................................... 882
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 882
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 883
Disassembly and Assembly.................................................................................................................................. 883
BACK DOOR LOCK & CLOSURE ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................... 883
BACK DOOR AUTO CLOSURE SYSTEM................................................................................................................................. 884
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................ 884
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 884
CLOSE OPERATION....................................................................................................................................... 884
NON-OPERATION CONDITION............................................................................................................................... 884
OPEN OPERATION........................................................................................................................................ 884
Wiring Diagram - B/CLOS -................................................................................................................................. 886
Terminal and Reference Value for Back Door Closure Control Unit........................................................................................... 888
Work Flow................................................................................................................................................. 889
Preliminary Check......................................................................................................................................... 889
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom........................................................................................................................ 889
Check Back Door Closure Control Unit Power Supply and Ground Circuit...................................................................................... 889
Check Half-Latch Switch................................................................................................................................... 890
Check Close Switch........................................................................................................................................ 891
Check Open Switch......................................................................................................................................... 892
Check Back Door Opener Switch (With Intelligent Key)...................................................................................................... 893
Check Back Door Opener Switch (Without Intelligent Key)................................................................................................... 895
Check Unlock Sensor (Without Intelligent Key)............................................................................................................. 896
Check Closure Motor....................................................................................................................................... 897
Removal and Installation of Back Door Closer Control Unit................................................................................................. 898
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 899
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................ 899
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 900
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 900
Operation Flow.................................................................................................................................... 900
Setting the Vehicle Security System............................................................................................................... 900
Canceling the Set Vehicle Security System......................................................................................................... 900
Canceling the Alarm Operation of the Vehicle Security System...................................................................................... 900
Activating the Alarm Operation of the Vehicle Security System..................................................................................... 900
POWER SUPPLY.......................................................................................................................................... 901
INITIAL CONDITION TO ACTIVATE THE SYSTEM.............................................................................................................. 901
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ALARM OPERATION............................................................................................................... 901
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM DEACTIVATION.................................................................................................................. 902
PANIC ALARM OPERATION................................................................................................................................. 902
CAN Communication System Description...................................................................................................................... 902
CAN Communication Unit.................................................................................................................................... 902
Schematic................................................................................................................................................. 903
Wiring Diagram - VEHSEC -................................................................................................................................. 904
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM...................................................................................................................... 909
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R................................................................................................................. 910
CONSULT-III Function...................................................................................................................................... 910
WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 910
DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 910
ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 911
Trouble Diagnosis......................................................................................................................................... 912
WORK FLOW............................................................................................................................................. 912
Preliminary Check......................................................................................................................................... 913
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart........................................................................................................................... 913
Diagnosis Procedure 1..................................................................................................................................... 914
1 - 1 CHECK DOOR SWITCH .............................................................................................................................. 914
1 - 2 HOOD SWITCH CHECK............................................................................................................................... 916
1 - 3 BACK DOOR SWITCH CHECK.......................................................................................................................... 917
Diagnosis Procedure 2..................................................................................................................................... 918
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK......................................................................................................................... 918
Diagnosis Procedure 3..................................................................................................................................... 919
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK ................................................................................................................. 919
Diagnosis Procedure 4..................................................................................................................................... 919
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN ALARM CHECK .................................................................................................................... 919
Diagnosis Procedure 5..................................................................................................................................... 919
VEHICLE SECURITY HEADLAMP ALARM CHECK ................................................................................................................ 919
Diagnosis Procedure 6..................................................................................................................................... 920
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK .................................................................................................................... 920
IVIS (INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)............................................................................................................... 921
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................ 921
System Description........................................................................................................................................ 921
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 921
SECURITY INDICATOR.................................................................................................................................... 922
Condition of Security Indicator................................................................................................................... 922
System Composition........................................................................................................................................ 922
ECM Re-Communicating Function............................................................................................................................. 923
Wiring Diagram - NATS -................................................................................................................................... 924
MODELS WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM.................................................................................................................... 924
MODELS WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................................................................................................................. 926
Terminal and Reference Value for Steering Lock Unit/with Intelligent Key System........................................................................... 927
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit/with Intelligent Key System......................................................................... 927
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM...................................................................................................................... 928
CONSULT-III Function...................................................................................................................................... 928
CONSULT-III DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION............................................................................................................. 928
NATS SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT ITEM CHART................................................................................................................ 928
Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 930
WORK FLOW............................................................................................................................................. 930
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart........................................................................................................................... 931
Security Indicator Inspection............................................................................................................................. 931
Diagnosis Procedure 1..................................................................................................................................... 931
Diagnosis Procedure 2..................................................................................................................................... 933
Diagnosis Procedure 3..................................................................................................................................... 933
Diagnosis Procedure 4..................................................................................................................................... 933
Diagnosis Procedure 5..................................................................................................................................... 934
Diagnosis Procedure 6..................................................................................................................................... 936
Removal and Installation NATS Antenna Amp................................................................................................................. 937
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 937
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 937
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER............................................................................................................................... 938
Wiring Diagram - TRNSCV -................................................................................................................................. 938
Trouble Diagnosis......................................................................................................................................... 938
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................. 938
SYMPTOM: Transmitter Does Not Activate Receiver................................................................................................... 938
BODY REPAIR................................................................................................................................................... 940
Body Exterior Paint Color................................................................................................................................. 940
Body Component Parts...................................................................................................................................... 941
UNDERBODY COMPONENT PARTS............................................................................................................................. 941
BODY COMPONENT PARTS.................................................................................................................................. 943
Corrosion Protection...................................................................................................................................... 944
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 944
Anti-Corrosive Precoated Steel (Galvannealed Steel)............................................................................................... 944
Phosphate Coating Treatment and Cationic Electrodeposition Primer................................................................................. 944
ANTI-CORROSIVE WAX.................................................................................................................................... 945
UNDERCOATING.......................................................................................................................................... 945
Precautions in Undercoating....................................................................................................................... 945
STONE GUARD COAT...................................................................................................................................... 946
Body Sealing.............................................................................................................................................. 947
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 947
Body Construction......................................................................................................................................... 951
BODY CONSTRUCTION..................................................................................................................................... 951
Body Alignment............................................................................................................................................ 951
BODY CENTER MARKS..................................................................................................................................... 951
PANEL PARTS MATCHING MARKS............................................................................................................................ 952
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 953
ENGINE COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................................... 954
Measurement....................................................................................................................................... 954
Measurement Points................................................................................................................................ 955
UNDERBODY............................................................................................................................................. 955
Measurement....................................................................................................................................... 956
Measurement Points................................................................................................................................ 957
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................. 957
Measurement....................................................................................................................................... 958
Measurement Points................................................................................................................................ 959
REAR BODY............................................................................................................................................. 959
Measurement....................................................................................................................................... 960
Measurement Points................................................................................................................................ 961
Handling Precaution for Plastics.......................................................................................................................... 961
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS FOR PLASTICS..................................................................................................................... 961
LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS ............................................................................................................................ 963
Precaution in Repairing High Strength Steel............................................................................................................... 964
HIGH STRENGTH STEEL (HSS) USED IN NISSAN VEHICLES..................................................................................................... 964
Read the Following Precautions When Repairing HSS:................................................................................................ 964
Replacement Operation..................................................................................................................................... 966
DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 966
HOODLEDGE............................................................................................................................................. 969
FRONT SIDE MEMBER..................................................................................................................................... 969
FRONT SIDE MEMBER (PARTIAL REPLACEMENT)............................................................................................................... 972
FRONT PILLAR.......................................................................................................................................... 972
CENTER PILLAR......................................................................................................................................... 975
OUTER SILL............................................................................................................................................ 977
REAR FENDER........................................................................................................................................... 979
REAR PANEL............................................................................................................................................ 981
REAR END CROSSMEMBER.................................................................................................................................. 981
REAR FLOOR REAR....................................................................................................................................... 982
REAR SIDE MEMBER EXTENSION............................................................................................................................ 985
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
br........................................................................................................................................................................ 987
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents..................................................................................................................................................... 987
SERVICE INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................... 988
PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 988
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 988
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover........................................................................................................... 988
Precaution for Brake System............................................................................................................................... 988
PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 989
Commercial Service Tool................................................................................................................................... 989
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING.......................................................................................................... 990
NVH Troubleshooting Chart................................................................................................................................. 990
BRAKE PEDAL................................................................................................................................................... 991
Inspection and Adjustment................................................................................................................................. 991
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................ 991
Component................................................................................................................................................. 992
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 992
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 992
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.............................................................................................................................. 992
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 993
BRAKE FLUID................................................................................................................................................... 994
On-Board Inspection....................................................................................................................................... 994
LEVEL CHECK........................................................................................................................................... 994
Drain and Refill.......................................................................................................................................... 994
Bleeding Brake System..................................................................................................................................... 994
BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE........................................................................................................................................... 996
Hydraulic Circuit......................................................................................................................................... 996
Removal and Installation of Front Brake Tube and Brake Hose............................................................................................... 996
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 996
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 996
Removal and Installation of Rear Brake Piping and Brake Hose.............................................................................................. 997
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 997
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 997
Inspection After Installation............................................................................................................................. 997
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER......................................................................................................................................... 998
On-Board Inspection....................................................................................................................................... 998
LEAK INSPECTION....................................................................................................................................... 998
Component................................................................................................................................................. 998
Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 998
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 998
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 999
Disassembly and Assembly.................................................................................................................................. 999
DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 999
ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 999
BRAKE BOOSTER.................................................................................................................................................1000
On-Vehicle Service........................................................................................................................................1000
OPERATING CHECK.......................................................................................................................................1000
AIRTIGHT CHECK........................................................................................................................................1000
Component.................................................................................................................................................1000
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1000
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................1000
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1001
Output Rod Length Inspection......................................................................................................................1001
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1001
VACUUM LINES..................................................................................................................................................1002
Component.................................................................................................................................................1002
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1002
Inspection................................................................................................................................................1002
VISUAL INSPECTION.....................................................................................................................................1002
CHECK VALVE INSPECTION................................................................................................................................1002
Airtightness Inspection...........................................................................................................................1003
FRONT DISC BRAKE..............................................................................................................................................1004
On-Vehicle Inspection.....................................................................................................................................1004
PAD WEAR INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................1004
Component.................................................................................................................................................1004
Removal and Installation of Brake Pad.....................................................................................................................1005
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1005
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1005
Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly........................................................................................................1005
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1005
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1006
Disassembly and Assembly of Brake Caliper Assembly........................................................................................................1006
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1006
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................1007
Cylinder Body.....................................................................................................................................1007
Torque Member.....................................................................................................................................1007
Piston............................................................................................................................................1007
Sliding Pin, Sliding Pin Bolt, and Sliding Pin Boot...............................................................................................1007
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................1007
DISC ROTOR INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................1008
Visual Inspection.................................................................................................................................1008
Runout Inspection.................................................................................................................................1008
Thickness Inspection..............................................................................................................................1009
Brake Burnishing Procedure................................................................................................................................1009
REAR DISC BRAKE...............................................................................................................................................1010
On-Vehicle Inspection.....................................................................................................................................1010
PAD WEAR INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................1010
Component.................................................................................................................................................1010
Removal and Installation of Brake Pad.....................................................................................................................1011
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1011
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1011
Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly........................................................................................................1011
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1011
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1011
Disassembly and Assembly of Brake Caliper Assembly........................................................................................................1012
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1012
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................1013
Cylinder Body.....................................................................................................................................1013
Torque Member.....................................................................................................................................1013
Piston............................................................................................................................................1013
Sliding Pin Bolts and Sliding Pin Boots...........................................................................................................1013
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................1013
DISC ROTOR INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................1014
Visual Inspection.................................................................................................................................1014
Runout Inspection.................................................................................................................................1014
Thickness Inspection..............................................................................................................................1015
Brake Burnishing Procedure................................................................................................................................1015
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................1016
General Specification.....................................................................................................................................1016
Brake Pedal...............................................................................................................................................1016
Brake Booster.............................................................................................................................................1016
Check Valve...............................................................................................................................................1016
Front Disc Brake..........................................................................................................................................1016
Rear Disc Brake...........................................................................................................................................1016
brc.......................................................................................................................................................................1018
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................1018
VDC/TCS/ABS.......................................................................................................................................................1020
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................1020
DTC INDEX.................................................................................................................................................1020
C1101-C1116...........................................................................................................................................1020
C1120-C1136...........................................................................................................................................1020
C1140-C1170...........................................................................................................................................1020
U1000.................................................................................................................................................1021
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................1022
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"............................................................1022
Precaution for Brake System...........................................................................................................................1022
Precaution for Brake Control..........................................................................................................................1022
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................1024
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................1024
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................1024
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE........................................................................................................................................1025
Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position..................................................................................................1025
Calibration of Decel G Sensor (AWD Models)............................................................................................................1025
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................1027
Schematic.............................................................................................................................................1027
Functions.............................................................................................................................................1027
VDC...............................................................................................................................................1027
TCS...............................................................................................................................................1027
ABS...............................................................................................................................................1027
EBD...............................................................................................................................................1028
Fail-Safe Function....................................................................................................................................1028
VDC / TCS SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................1028
ABS, EBD SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................1028
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram.............................................................................................................................1029
CAN Communication.....................................................................................................................................1029
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1029
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................1030
Fail-Safe Function....................................................................................................................................1030
VDC/TCS SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................1030
ABS, EBD SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................1030
How to Proceed with Diagnosis.........................................................................................................................1030
BASIC CONCEPT.....................................................................................................................................1030
DIAGNOSIS FLOWCHART...............................................................................................................................1031
ASKING COMPLAINTS.................................................................................................................................1031
EXAMPLE OF DIAGNOSIS SHEET........................................................................................................................1032
Component Part Location...............................................................................................................................1033
Schematic.............................................................................................................................................1034
Wiring Diagram - VDC -................................................................................................................................1035
Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard.............................................................................................................1040
REFERENCE VALUE FROM CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................1040
CONSULT-III Functions (ABS)...........................................................................................................................1043
CONSULT-III MAIN FUNCTION ........................................................................................................................1043
Self-Diagnosis........................................................................................................................................1043
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................1043
ERASE MEMORY......................................................................................................................................1043
DISPLAY ITEM LIST.................................................................................................................................1044
Data Monitor..........................................................................................................................................1045
DISPLAY ITEM LIST.................................................................................................................................1045
Active Test...........................................................................................................................................1047
TEST ITEM.........................................................................................................................................1048
Solenoid Valve................................................................................................................................1048
ABS Motor.....................................................................................................................................1048
For Fast and Accurate Diagnosis.......................................................................................................................1048
PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................1048
Basic Inspection......................................................................................................................................1049
BRAKE FLUID AMOUNT, LEAKS, AND BRAKE PADS INSPECTION..............................................................................................1049
POWER SYSTEM TERMINAL LOOSENESS AND BATTERY INSPECTION............................................................................................1049
ABS WARNING LAMP, VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP, SLIP INDICATOR LAMP AND BRAKE WARNING LAMP INSPECTION...................................................1049
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................1051
DTC C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1..............................................................................................................................1051
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1051
DTC C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1..............................................................................................................................1052
DTC C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1..............................................................................................................................1052
DTC C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1..............................................................................................................................1052
DTC C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2..............................................................................................................................1053
DTC C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2..............................................................................................................................1053
DTC C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2..............................................................................................................................1053
DTC C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2..............................................................................................................................1053
DTC C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL]..................................................................................................................1053
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1053
DTC C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE..........................................................................................................................1054
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1054
DTC C1111 PUMP MOTOR..................................................................................................................................1054
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1054
DTC C1113 G-SENSOR....................................................................................................................................1055
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1055
DTC C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]................................................................................................................1056
DTC C1116 STOP LAMP SW................................................................................................................................1056
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1056
DTC C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL............................................................................................................................1057
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1057
DTC C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL...........................................................................................................................1058
DTC C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL............................................................................................................................1058
DTC C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL...........................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL............................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL...........................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL............................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL...........................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1.............................................................................................................................1059
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1131 ENGINE SIGNAL 2.............................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1132 ENGINE SIGNAL 3.............................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1133 ENGINE SIGNAL 4.............................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1136 ENGINE SIGNAL 6.............................................................................................................................1059
DTC C1140 ACTUATOR RLY................................................................................................................................1060
DTC C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................1060
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1060
DTC C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................1061
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1061
DTC C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL...........................................................................................................................1062
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1062
DTC C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR.............................................................................................................................1063
DTC C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................1063
DTC C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW..........................................................................................................................1063
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1063
DTC C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR..........................................................................................................................1064
DTC C1160 DECEL G SEN SET.............................................................................................................................1064
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1064
DTC C1164 CV 1........................................................................................................................................1064
DTC C1165 CV 2........................................................................................................................................1064
DTC C1166 SV 1........................................................................................................................................1064
DTC C1167 SV 2........................................................................................................................................1064
DTC C1170 VARIANT CODING..............................................................................................................................1065
DTC U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................1065
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1065
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1065
VDC OFF SWITCH....................................................................................................................................1065
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS............................................................................................................................1066
Excessive ABS Function Operation Frequency............................................................................................................1066
Unexpected Pedal Reaction.............................................................................................................................1066
The Braking Distance Is Long..........................................................................................................................1066
The ABS Function Does Not Operate.....................................................................................................................1067
Pedal Vibration or ABS Operation Sound Occurs.........................................................................................................1067
Vehicle Jerks During VDC/TCS/ABS Control..............................................................................................................1067
WHEEL SENSORS.............................................................................................................................................1069
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1069
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1069
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1069
SENSOR ROTOR..............................................................................................................................................1070
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1070
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1070
Front.........................................................................................................................................1070
Rear..........................................................................................................................................1070
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1070
Front.........................................................................................................................................1070
Rear..........................................................................................................................................1070
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY).....................................................................................................................1071
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1071
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1071
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1071
G SENSOR..................................................................................................................................................1072
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1072
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1072
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1072
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................1073
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1073
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1073
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1073
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.......................................................................................................................................... 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)............................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)........................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.......................................................................................................................... 77
co........................................................................................................................................................................1074
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................1074
VQ35DE............................................................................................................................................................1076
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................1076
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................1076
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"............................................................1076
Precaution for Liquid Gasket..........................................................................................................................1076
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING..................................................................................................................1076
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................1076
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................1078
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................1078
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................1078
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS................................................................................................................................1080
Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................1080
COOLING SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................1082
Cooling Circuit.......................................................................................................................................1082
System Chart..........................................................................................................................................1082
ENGINE COOLANT............................................................................................................................................1083
Inspection............................................................................................................................................1083
LEVEL CHECK.......................................................................................................................................1083
LEAK CHECK........................................................................................................................................1083
Changing Engine Coolant...............................................................................................................................1083
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT...........................................................................................................................1083
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT..........................................................................................................................1084
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................1085
RADIATOR..................................................................................................................................................1086
Component.............................................................................................................................................1086
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1086
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1086
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1087
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................1087
Checking Radiator Cap.................................................................................................................................1087
Checking Radiator.....................................................................................................................................1088
RADIATOR (ALUMINUM TYPE)..................................................................................................................................1089
Component.............................................................................................................................................1089
Disassembly and Assembly..............................................................................................................................1089
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................1089
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................1089
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................1090
INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................1092
COOLING FAN...............................................................................................................................................1093
Component.............................................................................................................................................1093
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1093
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1093
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1093
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................1093
Disassembly and Assembly..............................................................................................................................1093
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................1093
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................1093
Cooling Fan...................................................................................................................................1093
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................1093
WATER PUMP................................................................................................................................................1095
Component.............................................................................................................................................1095
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1095
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1095
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................1097
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1097
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................1099
WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................1100
Component.............................................................................................................................................1100
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1100
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1100
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................1100
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1101
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................1101
WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING.............................................................................................................................1102
Component.............................................................................................................................................1102
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1102
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1102
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1102
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................1103
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................1104
Standard and Limit....................................................................................................................................1104
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).............................................................................................................1104
RADIATOR..........................................................................................................................................1104
THERMOSTAT........................................................................................................................................1104
VK45DE............................................................................................................................................................1105
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................1105
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................1105
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"............................................................1105
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................1106
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................1106
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................1106
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS................................................................................................................................1107
Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................1107
COOLING SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................1109
Cooling Circuit.......................................................................................................................................1109
System Chart..........................................................................................................................................1109
ENGINE COOLANT............................................................................................................................................1110
Inspection............................................................................................................................................1110
LEVEL CHECK.......................................................................................................................................1110
LEAK CHECK........................................................................................................................................1110
Changing Engine Coolant...............................................................................................................................1110
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT...........................................................................................................................1110
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT..........................................................................................................................1111
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................1112
RADIATOR..................................................................................................................................................1113
Component.............................................................................................................................................1113
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1113
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1113
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1115
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................1115
Checking Radiator Cap.................................................................................................................................1115
Checking Radiator.....................................................................................................................................1116
RADIATOR (ALUMINUM TYPE)..................................................................................................................................1117
Component.............................................................................................................................................1117
Disassembly and Assembly..............................................................................................................................1117
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................1117
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................1117
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................1118
INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................1120
COOLING FAN...............................................................................................................................................1121
Component (Crankshaft Driven type)....................................................................................................................1121
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1121
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1121
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................1121
Fan Coupling..................................................................................................................................1121
Cooling Fan...................................................................................................................................1121
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1121
Component (Motor Driven Type).........................................................................................................................1122
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1122
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1122
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1122
Disassembly and Assembly (Motor Driven Type)..........................................................................................................1122
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................1122
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................1122
Cooling Fan...................................................................................................................................1122
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................1122
WATER PUMP................................................................................................................................................1123
Component.............................................................................................................................................1123
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1123
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1123
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................1123
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1124
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................1124
THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................1125
Component.............................................................................................................................................1125
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1126
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1126
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................1126
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1126
Thermostat and Water Control Valve............................................................................................................1126
Water Outlet Pipe and Heater Pipe.............................................................................................................1127
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................1127
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................1128
Standard and Limit....................................................................................................................................1128
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).............................................................................................................1128
RADIATOR..........................................................................................................................................1128
THERMOSTAT........................................................................................................................................1128
WATER CONTROL VALVE...............................................................................................................................1128
di........................................................................................................................................................................1129
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................1129
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................1131
DTC INDEX.....................................................................................................................................................1131
U1000 - U1010.............................................................................................................................................1131
B2202 - B2205.............................................................................................................................................1131
C1B00 - C1B03.............................................................................................................................................1131
PRECAUTION ...................................................................................................................................................1132
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1132
COMBINATION METERS............................................................................................................................................1133
System Description........................................................................................................................................1133
UNIFIED METER CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................1133
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.............................................................................................................................1133
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................1133
SPEEDOMETER...........................................................................................................................................1133
TACHOMETER............................................................................................................................................1133
WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE...............................................................................................................................1134
FUEL GAUGE............................................................................................................................................1134
ODO/TRIP METER........................................................................................................................................1134
How to Change The Display For Odo/trip Meter......................................................................................................1134
COMBINATION METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL................................................................................................................1135
Daytime Mode......................................................................................................................................1135
Nighttime Mode ...................................................................................................................................1135
FAIL-SAFE.............................................................................................................................................1135
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................1136
Arrangement of Combination Meter..........................................................................................................................1137
Circuit Diagram...........................................................................................................................................1138
Wiring Diagram - METER -..................................................................................................................................1139
Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter........................................................................................................1141
Terminal and Reference Value for Unified Meter and A/C Amp................................................................................................1142
Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter..................................................................................................................1142
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION...............................................................................................................................1142
OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................1142
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)..........................................................................................................................1143
Trouble Diagnosis.........................................................................................................................................1143
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS......................................................................................................................1143
PRELIMINARY CHECK.....................................................................................................................................1143
Symptom Chart.............................................................................................................................................1144
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection................................................................................................................1144
Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection...........................................................................................................................1145
Engine Speed Signal Inspection............................................................................................................................1146
Engine Coolant Temperature Signal Inspection..............................................................................................................1147
Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection.......................................................................................................................1147
Fuel Gauge Pointer Fluctuates, Indicator Wrong Value or Varies............................................................................................1149
Fuel Gauge Does Not Move to FULL Position.................................................................................................................1149
Odo/Trip Meter and Illumination Control Switch Inspection.................................................................................................1149
Electrical Component Inspection...........................................................................................................................1149
ODO/TRIP METER AND ILLUMINATION CONTROL SWITCH........................................................................................................1149
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT................................................................................................................................1150
Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (Main) ......................................................................................................1150
Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Pump (Main) Harness....................................................................................................1150
Fuel Level Sensor Unit (Sub)......................................................................................................................1150
Removal and Installation of Combination Meter.............................................................................................................1150
Disassembly and Assembly of Combination Meter.............................................................................................................1151
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1151
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................1152
Removal and Installation of Odo/Trip Meter and Illumination Control Switch................................................................................1152
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1152
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1153
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................1154
System Description........................................................................................................................................1154
COMBINATION METER CONTROL FUNCTION....................................................................................................................1154
Input/output signals between unified meter and A/C amp. and combination meter.....................................................................1154
A/C AUTO AMP. FUNCTION................................................................................................................................1154
OTHER FUNCTIONS.......................................................................................................................................1154
Drive Computer Function...........................................................................................................................1154
Signal Buffer Function............................................................................................................................1154
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................1155
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)..........................................................................................................................1155
SELF-DIAG RESULTS.....................................................................................................................................1156
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1156
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1156
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1156
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection................................................................................................................1157
DTC [U1000] CAN Communication Circuit.....................................................................................................................1158
DTC [B2202] Meter Communication Circuit...................................................................................................................1158
DTC [B2205] Vehicle Speed Circuit.........................................................................................................................1160
Removal and Installation of Unified Meter and A/C Amp.....................................................................................................1160
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1160
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1161
WARNING LAMPS.................................................................................................................................................1162
System Description........................................................................................................................................1162
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP.............................................................................................................................1162
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................1163
Wiring Diagram - WARN -...................................................................................................................................1164
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Stays Off (Ignition Switch ON)..................................................................................................1171
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off (Oil Pressure Is Normal)......................................................................................1173
Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1174
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH...................................................................................................................................1174
A/T INDICATOR.................................................................................................................................................1175
System Description........................................................................................................................................1175
MANUAL MODE...........................................................................................................................................1175
NOT MANUAL MODE.......................................................................................................................................1175
Wiring Diagram - AT/IND -.................................................................................................................................1176
A/T Indicator Is Malfunction..............................................................................................................................1177
WARNING CHIME.................................................................................................................................................1179
System Description........................................................................................................................................1179
POWER SUPPLY AND CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................1179
IGNITION KEY WARNING CHIME (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY)..................................................................................................1179
IGNITION KEY WARNING CHIME (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY).....................................................................................................1179
When Mechanical Key Is Used.......................................................................................................................1179
When Intelligent Key Is Carried With The Driver...................................................................................................1180
LIGHT WARNING CHIME...................................................................................................................................1180
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME...............................................................................................................................1180
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................1181
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................1182
Wiring Diagram - CHIME -..................................................................................................................................1183
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................1185
Terminal and Reference Value for Unified Meter and A/C Amp................................................................................................1187
Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter........................................................................................................1187
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)..........................................................................................................................1188
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)................................................................................................................................1188
DIAGNOSIS ITEMS DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................1188
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1188
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1188
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1188
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1188
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1188
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1188
Trouble Diagnosis.........................................................................................................................................1189
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS......................................................................................................................1189
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION................................................................................................................................1189
Symptom Chart.............................................................................................................................................1189
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection................................................................................................................1189
Combination Meter Buzzer Circuit Inspection...............................................................................................................1190
Front Door Switch (Driver Side) Signal Inspection.........................................................................................................1191
Key Switch Signal Inspection (Without Intelligent Key)....................................................................................................1192
Key Switch and Ignition Knob Switch Signal Inspection (With Intelligent Key, When Mechanical Key Is Used).................................................1193
Lighting Switch Signal Inspection.........................................................................................................................1194
Seat Belt Buckle Switch (Driver Side) Signal Inspection...................................................................................................1194
Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1195
FRONT DOOR SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE).......................................................................................................................1195
KEY SWITCH............................................................................................................................................1196
KEY SWITCH AND IGNITION KNOB SWITCH...................................................................................................................1196
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE).................................................................................................................1196
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................1197
Precaution for Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system........................................................................................................1197
System Description........................................................................................................................................1197
LDW SYSTEM OPERATION..................................................................................................................................1197
Warning Function..................................................................................................................................1198
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................1198
Components Description............................................................................................................................1198
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................1199
Action Test...............................................................................................................................................1199
LDW SYSTEM RUNNING TEST...............................................................................................................................1199
Function Check....................................................................................................................................1199
Camera Aiming Adjustment..................................................................................................................................1199
OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................1199
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................1199
TARGET SETTING........................................................................................................................................1199
Preparation Aiming Adjustment Jig.................................................................................................................1199
Target............................................................................................................................................1200
Target Setting....................................................................................................................................1201
VEHICLE HEIGHT CHECK..................................................................................................................................1202
AIMING ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................1203
Operation Procedure ..............................................................................................................................1203
Check After The Adjustment........................................................................................................................1203
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................1204
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................1205
Wiring Diagram - LDW -....................................................................................................................................1206
Terminal and Reference Value for LDW Camera Unit..........................................................................................................1209
CONSULT-III Function (LDW)................................................................................................................................1209
DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1209
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1209
Display Item......................................................................................................................................1209
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1209
Display Item......................................................................................................................................1209
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1210
Display Item......................................................................................................................................1210
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1210
Display Item......................................................................................................................................1211
BUZZER DRIVE......................................................................................................................................1211
SYSTEM ON LAMP DRIVE..............................................................................................................................1211
INDICATOR LAMP DRIVE..............................................................................................................................1211
Trouble Diagnosis.........................................................................................................................................1211
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS......................................................................................................................1211
SYMPTOM CHART.........................................................................................................................................1211
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................1212
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection................................................................................................................1212
DTC [C1B00] CAMERA UNIT MALF..............................................................................................................................1213
DTC [C1B01] CAM AIMING INCMP..............................................................................................................................1213
DTC [C1B02] VHCL SPD DATA MALF............................................................................................................................1213
DTC [C1B03] ABNRML TEMP DETECT............................................................................................................................1214
DTC [U1000] CAN COMM CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................1214
DTC [U1010] CONTROL UNIT (CAN)............................................................................................................................1214
LDW Chime Circuit Inspection..............................................................................................................................1214
LDW Switch Circuit Inspection.............................................................................................................................1216
LDW Indicator Lamp Circuit Inspection.....................................................................................................................1218
Turn Signal Input Inspection..............................................................................................................................1219
Electrical Component Inspection...........................................................................................................................1219
LDW SWITCH............................................................................................................................................1219
Removal and Installation for LDW Camera Unit..............................................................................................................1219
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1219
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1219
Removal and Installation for LDW Chime....................................................................................................................1219
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1219
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1220
Removal and Installation for LDW Switch...................................................................................................................1220
CAN COMMUNICATION.............................................................................................................................................1221
System Description........................................................................................................................................1221
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................1221
COMPASS.......................................................................................................................................................1222
Precaution for Compass....................................................................................................................................1222
System Description........................................................................................................................................1222
Troubleshooting...........................................................................................................................................1222
Zone Variation Setting Procedure..........................................................................................................................1223
Calibration Procedure.....................................................................................................................................1223
Wiring Diagram - COMPAS -.................................................................................................................................1225
Removal and Installation of Compass.......................................................................................................................1225
CLOCK.........................................................................................................................................................1226
Wiring Diagram - CLOCK -..................................................................................................................................1226
Removal and Installation of Clock.........................................................................................................................1226
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1226
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1227
REAR VIEW MONITOR.............................................................................................................................................1228
System Description........................................................................................................................................1228
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND...............................................................................................................................1228
AV COMMUNICATION LINE.................................................................................................................................1228
REAR VIEW CAMERA OPERATION............................................................................................................................1228
Side Distance Guideline...........................................................................................................................1228
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................1229
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................1230
Wiring Diagram - R/VIEW -.................................................................................................................................1231
Terminal and Reference Value for Rear View Camera Control Unit............................................................................................1234
CONSULT-III Function (REARVIEW CAMERA)....................................................................................................................1234
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1234
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1235
Side Distance Guideline Correction........................................................................................................................1235
SIDE DISTANCE GUIDELINE CORRECTION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................1235
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection................................................................................................................1236
Rear View Is Not Displayed with the A/T Selector Lever in R-Position......................................................................................1236
The Rear View Image Is Distorted..........................................................................................................................1240
Removal and Installation of Rear View Camera Control Unit.................................................................................................1241
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1241
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1241
Removal and Installation of Rear View Camera..............................................................................................................1241
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1241
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1242
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
ec........................................................................................................................................................................1243
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................1243
VQ35DE............................................................................................................................................................1259
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................1259
INDEX FOR DTC.............................................................................................................................................1259
DTC No. Index.........................................................................................................................................1259
Alphabetical Index....................................................................................................................................1262
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................1267
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"............................................................1267
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.......................................................................................................1267
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T.....................................................................................................1267
Precaution............................................................................................................................................1268
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................1271
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................1271
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................1272
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................1273
Schematic.............................................................................................................................................1273
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System.................................................................................................................1273
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................1273
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1274
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION.............................................................................................1274
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)..............................................................................................1274
Open Loop Control.............................................................................................................................1275
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL...............................................................................................................1275
FUEL INJECTION TIMING.............................................................................................................................1275
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System....................................................................................................1275
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System..................................................................................................1275
FUEL SHUT-OFF.....................................................................................................................................1276
Electronic Ignition (EI) System.......................................................................................................................1276
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................1276
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1276
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)...................................................................................................1276
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................1276
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1276
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL..............................................................................................................................1278
Input/Output Signal Chart.............................................................................................................................1278
System Description....................................................................................................................................1278
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).....................................................................................................................1279
System Description....................................................................................................................................1279
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................1279
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................1279
SET OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................1279
ACCELERATOR OPERATION.............................................................................................................................1279
CANCEL OPERATION..................................................................................................................................1279
COAST OPERATION...................................................................................................................................1279
RESUME OPERATION..................................................................................................................................1279
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1280
ASCD STEERING SWITCH..............................................................................................................................1280
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................1280
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1280
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ...............................................................................................................1280
ASCD INDICATOR....................................................................................................................................1280
CAN COMMUNICATION.........................................................................................................................................1281
System Description....................................................................................................................................1281
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................1282
Description...........................................................................................................................................1282
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1282
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING.................................................................................................................1283
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1284
EVAP CANISTER.....................................................................................................................................1284
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)........................................................................................1285
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................1285
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................1285
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE..................................................................................................................1285
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................1285
EVAP SERVICE PORT.................................................................................................................................1285
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1286
EVAP CANISTER.....................................................................................................................................1286
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE..................................................................................................................1286
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage......................................................................................................................1286
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................1286
WITHOUT CONSULT-III...............................................................................................................................1287
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)..................................................................................................................1288
System Description....................................................................................................................................1288
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1288
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG...................................................................................................1288
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG WHILE REFUELING...........................................................1289
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1290
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE....................................................................................................................1290
With CONSULT-III.............................................................................................................................1291
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1291
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION............................................................................................................................1293
Description...........................................................................................................................................1293
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1293
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1293
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE........................................................................................................1293
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE........................................................................................................................1294
IVIS (INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)...........................................................................................................1295
Description...........................................................................................................................................1295
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................1296
Introduction..........................................................................................................................................1296
Two Trip Detection Logic..............................................................................................................................1296
Emission-Related Diagnostic Information...............................................................................................................1297
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS.....................................................................................................1297
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC..............................................................................................................................1301
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC..............................................................................................................1301
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA..................................................................................................1301
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE..................................................................................................................1302
SRT Item......................................................................................................................................1302
SRT Set Timing................................................................................................................................1303
SRT Service Procedure.........................................................................................................................1304
How to Display SRT Status.....................................................................................................................1304
How to Set SRT Code...........................................................................................................................1305
Driving Pattern...............................................................................................................................1306
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT.........................................................................................................................1307
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION..............................................................................................1312
How to Erase DTC..............................................................................................................................1312
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)......................................................................................................................1313
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1313
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION...............................................................................................................1313
MIL Flashing Without DTC......................................................................................................................1314
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE................................................................................................................1314
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results)..................................................................................1314
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results)................................................................................1315
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I - BULB CHECK...............................................................................................................1315
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I - MALFUNCTION WARNING......................................................................................................1315
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II - SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS.................................................................................................1315
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)................................................................................1316
OBD System Operation Chart............................................................................................................................1316
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS.................................................................................1316
SUMMARY CHART.....................................................................................................................................1317
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”..........1317
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”...........................................1318
<Driving Pattern B>...........................................................................................................................1318
<Driving Pattern C>...........................................................................................................................1319
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”....1319
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”....................................1320
<Driving Pattern A>...........................................................................................................................1321
<Driving Pattern B>...........................................................................................................................1321
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................1322
Basic Inspection......................................................................................................................................1322
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check..................................................................................................................1326
IDLE SPEED........................................................................................................................................1326
With CONSULT-III.............................................................................................................................1326
With GST.....................................................................................................................................1326
IGNITION TIMING...................................................................................................................................1326
Procedure After Replacing ECM.........................................................................................................................1326
VIN Registration......................................................................................................................................1326
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1326
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................1326
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1326
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning..........................................................................................................1327
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1327
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................1327
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning...............................................................................................................1327
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1327
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................1327
Idle Air Volume Learning..............................................................................................................................1327
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1327
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................1327
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................1327
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1327
Without CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................1328
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1328
Fuel Pressure Check...................................................................................................................................1329
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE.............................................................................................................................1329
With CONSULT-III.............................................................................................................................1329
Without CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................1329
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK...............................................................................................................................1329
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................1331
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction........................................................................................................................1331
INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................1331
WORK FLOW.........................................................................................................................................1331
Overall Sequence..............................................................................................................................1332
Detailed Flow.................................................................................................................................1332
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET..............................................................................................................................1334
Description...................................................................................................................................1334
Worksheet Sample..............................................................................................................................1335
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.........................................................................................................................1335
Fail-Safe Chart.......................................................................................................................................1337
Symptom Matrix Chart..................................................................................................................................1338
SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM..............................................................................................................1338
SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER................................................................................................................1339
Engine Control Component Parts Location...............................................................................................................1342
Vacuum Hose Drawing...................................................................................................................................1348
Circuit Diagram.......................................................................................................................................1349
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout.................................................................................................................1351
ECM Terminal and Reference Value......................................................................................................................1351
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................1351
ECM INSPECTION TABLE..............................................................................................................................1351
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE).........................................................................................................................1359
FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................................1359
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION........................................................................................1359
WORK SUPPORT MODE.................................................................................................................................1361
Work Item.....................................................................................................................................1361
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE............................................................................................................................1362
Self Diagnostic Item..........................................................................................................................1362
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..............................................................................................1362
DATA MONITOR MODE.................................................................................................................................1363
Monitored Item................................................................................................................................1363
ACTIVE TEST MODE..................................................................................................................................1366
Test Item.....................................................................................................................................1366
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE.......................................................................................................................1367
SRT STATUS Mode...............................................................................................................................1367
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode.........................................................................................................................1367
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode.........................................................................................................................1367
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function......................................................................................................................1367
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1367
FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................................1368
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1368
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1369
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE...................................................................................................................1373
Description...........................................................................................................................................1373
Testing Condition.....................................................................................................................................1373
Inspection Procedure..................................................................................................................................1373
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1373
OVERALL SEQUENCE..................................................................................................................................1373
DETAILED PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................1375
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT...............................................................................................................1381
Description...........................................................................................................................................1381
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1381
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................1382
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1382
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1383
Ground Inspection.....................................................................................................................................1386
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE...................................................................................................................1388
Description...........................................................................................................................................1388
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1388
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1388
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1389
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1389
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION...............................................................................................................................1390
Description...........................................................................................................................................1390
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1390
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1390
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1390
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL..............................................................................................................................1391
Description...........................................................................................................................................1391
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1391
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1391
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1392
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1392
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1392
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1392
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1393
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1393
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1394
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................1394
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1394
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................1394
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER........................................................................................................1395
Description...........................................................................................................................................1395
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1395
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1395
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1395
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1395
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1396
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1396
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1398
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1399
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1400
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER..............................................................................................................1400
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1401
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................1401
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER...............................................................................................................1402
Description...........................................................................................................................................1402
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1402
OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................1402
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1402
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1402
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1402
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1404
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1404
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1406
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1407
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1408
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER.....................................................................................................................1408
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1409
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................1409
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE...............................................................................................................1410
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1410
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1410
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1410
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1410
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1411
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1411
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1413
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1414
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1415
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................1415
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1416
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................1416
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR......................................................................................................................................1417
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1417
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1417
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1417
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1417
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................1417
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................1418
With CONSULT-III ............................................................................................................................1418
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1418
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................1418
With GST......................................................................................................................................1418
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1419
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1420
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1422
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................1422
With CONSULT-III.............................................................................................................................1422
Without CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................1423
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1423
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................1423
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR...............................................................................................................................1424
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1424
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1424
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1424
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1424
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1424
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102...........................................................................................................................1424
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103...........................................................................................................................1425
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1426
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1427
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1429
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................1429
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1429
Without CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................1429
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1430
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................1430
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR...............................................................................................................................1431
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1431
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1431
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1431
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1432
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1432
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1434
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................1434
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1434
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................1434
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR...............................................................................................................................1435
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1435
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1435
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1435
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1436
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1437
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1437
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1439
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................1439
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1439
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................1439
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR................................................................................................................................1440
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1440
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1440
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1440
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1440
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1440
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1441
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1442
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1444
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR..........................................................................................................................1444
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1445
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................1445
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR......................................................................................................................................1446
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1446
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1446
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1446
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1446
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1447
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1447
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1447
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................1447
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1448
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................1448
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR......................................................................................................................................1449
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1449
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1449
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1449
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................1449
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1450
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1450
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1450
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................1450
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1451
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................1451
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................1452
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1452
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1452
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1452
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1452
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1452
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1453
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................1453
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1453
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................1453
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................1454
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1454
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1454
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1454
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1454
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................1454
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................1455
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1455
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1455
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................1455
With GST.....................................................................................................................................1455
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1456
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1456
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1458
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1459
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1461
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................1461
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................1462
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1462
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1462
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1462
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1462
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1462
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1463
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1464
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1464
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1466
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1467
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1469
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................1469
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................1470
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1470
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1470
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1470
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1470
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1470
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1471
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1472
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1472
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1474
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1475
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1477
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................1477
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................1478
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1478
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1478
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1478
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1478
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1479
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1479
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1480
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1480
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1482
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1483
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1486
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................1486
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................1487
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1487
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1487
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1487
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1487
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................1487
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1488
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1488
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1489
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1489
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1491
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1492
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1494
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................1494
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1494
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1494
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1495
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................1495
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................1496
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1496
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1496
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1496
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1497
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................1497
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................1497
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1497
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1497
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................1497
With GST.....................................................................................................................................1498
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1499
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1499
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1501
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1502
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................1502
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................1503
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1505
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................1505
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1505
Without CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................1506
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1506
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................1506
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................1507
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1507
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1507
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1507
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1507
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................1507
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1508
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1508
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1509
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1509
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1511
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1512
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1514
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................1514
With CONSULT-III.............................................................................................................................1514
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1514
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1515
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................1515
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...........................................................................................................1516
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1516
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1516
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................1516
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1517
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1518
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1518
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1520
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1521
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...........................................................................................................1526
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1526
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1526
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................1526
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1527
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1528
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1528
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1530
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1531
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR......................................................................................................................................1536
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1536
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1536
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1536
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1536
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1537
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1537
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1538
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1539
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................1539
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1539
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................1539
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR...............................................................................................................................1540
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1540
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1540
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1540
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1541
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1541
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1543
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................1543
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1543
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................1543
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR................................................................................................................................1544
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1544
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1544
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1544
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1544
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1544
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1545
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1546
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1548
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR..........................................................................................................................1548
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1549
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................1549
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE.................................................1550
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1550
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1550
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1550
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................1551
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1551
DTC P0327, P0328 KS.......................................................................................................................................1557
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1557
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1557
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1557
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1558
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1559
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1560
KNOCK SENSOR......................................................................................................................................1560
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1560
KNOCK SENSOR......................................................................................................................................1560
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)................................................................................................................................1561
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1561
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1561
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1561
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1561
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1562
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1563
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1565
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)..................................................................................................................1565
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1565
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)..................................................................................................................1565
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE).......................................................................................................................1566
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1566
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1566
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1566
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1566
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1567
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1567
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1569
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1570
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1572
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)..................................................................................................................1572
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1573
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)..................................................................................................................1573
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION..............................................................................................................1574
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1574
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1574
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................1574
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1575
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1575
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1575
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................1578
System Description....................................................................................................................................1578
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1578
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1578
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1578
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1579
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1579
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1579
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................1583
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1583
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1583
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................1584
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1584
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1584
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE...............................................................................................1590
Description...........................................................................................................................................1590
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1590
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................1590
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1590
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1591
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1591
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1591
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1591
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1592
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1593
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1596
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ................................................................................................1596
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1596
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1596
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1596
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................1596
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................1597
Description...........................................................................................................................................1597
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...............................................................................................................................1597
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................1597
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1597
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1598
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1598
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1599
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1600
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1602
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................1602
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1602
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1602
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1602
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................1602
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE................................................................................................................1603
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1603
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1603
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1603
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1603
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1604
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1605
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1606
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE..................................................................................................................1606
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1606
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1607
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE................................................................................................................1608
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1608
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1608
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1608
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1608
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1610
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1611
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1612
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE..................................................................................................................1612
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1612
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1612
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.............................................................................................................1614
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1614
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1614
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1614
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1614
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1615
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1615
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................1615
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.............................................................................................................1617
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1617
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1617
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1617
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1617
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1617
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1618
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1619
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1620
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1622
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................1622
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.............................................................................................................1623
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1623
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1623
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1623
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1623
With CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1624
With GST..........................................................................................................................................1624
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1625
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1626
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1629
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................1629
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................1630
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1630
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1630
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1631
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1631
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1631
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................1636
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1636
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1637
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1637
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1637
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1637
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1638
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR...............................................................................................................................1643
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1643
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1643
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1643
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1643
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1644
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.................................................................................................................................1644
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR...............................................................................................................................1645
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1645
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1645
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1645
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1645
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1646
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1646
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1646
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.................................................................................................................................1646
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR........................................................................................................................1647
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1647
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1647
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1647
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1647
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1648
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.................................................................................................................................1648
DTC P0500 VSS.............................................................................................................................................1649
Description...........................................................................................................................................1649
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1649
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1649
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1649
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1649
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1650
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1650
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1650
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................1651
Description...........................................................................................................................................1651
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1651
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1651
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1651
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................1653
Description...........................................................................................................................................1653
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1653
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1653
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1653
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR......................................................................................................................................1655
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1655
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1655
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1655
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1655
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1656
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1657
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1658
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR....................................................................................................................1658
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1659
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR....................................................................................................................1659
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY................................................................................................................................1660
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1660
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1660
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1660
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1661
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1662
DTC P0605 ECM.............................................................................................................................................1664
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1664
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1664
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1664
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1664
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................1664
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................1664
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1664
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.......................................................................................................................1664
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1664
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1665
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.............................................................................................................................1666
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1666
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1666
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1666
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1667
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1668
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH......................................................................................................................................1671
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1671
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1671
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1671
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1671
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1671
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1672
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1672
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1673
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1674
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL......................................................................................................................1676
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1676
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................1677
Description...........................................................................................................................................1677
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1677
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1677
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1677
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE..........................................................................................................................1678
Description...........................................................................................................................................1678
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1678
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1678
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1678
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.........................................................................................................................1679
Description...........................................................................................................................................1679
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1679
Cooling Fan Control...........................................................................................................................1679
Cooling Fan Operation.........................................................................................................................1679
Cooling Fan Relay Operation...................................................................................................................1679
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................1680
Cooling Fan Motor.............................................................................................................................1680
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1680
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1680
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................1681
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1681
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1681
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1682
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1683
PROCEDURE A.......................................................................................................................................1683
PROCEDURE B.......................................................................................................................................1684
Main 12 Causes of Overheating.........................................................................................................................1687
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1688
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2.......................................................................................................................1688
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................1689
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1689
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1689
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1689
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1689
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1690
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................1690
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................1691
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1691
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1691
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1691
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1691
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1692
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................1692
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL..............................................................................................................................1693
Description...........................................................................................................................................1693
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1693
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1693
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1693
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1693
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1693
DTC P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH.............................................................................................................................1695
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1695
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1695
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1695
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1695
WITH CONSULT-III.................................................................................................................................1695
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1697
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1698
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1700
ICC STEERING SWITCH...............................................................................................................................1700
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH............................................................................................................................1701
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1701
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1701
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1701
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1701
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1702
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1703
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1705
ASCD STEERING SWITCH..............................................................................................................................1705
DTC P1568 ICC FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................1706
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1706
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1706
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1706
DTC P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH................................................................................................................................1707
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1707
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1707
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1707
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1707
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1708
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1708
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1709
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1710
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1714
ICC BRAKE SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1714
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1714
ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY..............................................................................................................................1714
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH...............................................................................................................................1716
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1716
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1716
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1716
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1716
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1717
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1717
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1718
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1719
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1722
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................1722
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1722
DTC P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR........................................................................................................................1723
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1723
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1723
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1723
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1723
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.......................................................................................................................1725
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1725
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1725
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1725
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1725
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1725
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)..................................................................................................1727
Description...........................................................................................................................................1727
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1727
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1727
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1727
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH....................................................................................................................................1728
Description...........................................................................................................................................1728
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1728
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1728
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1728
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1728
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1729
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1730
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1731
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1731
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY.............................................................................................................1732
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1732
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1732
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1732
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1732
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1732
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100...........................................................................................................................1732
With GST......................................................................................................................................1732
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103...........................................................................................................................1732
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1733
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1734
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION..............................................................................................................1736
Description...........................................................................................................................................1736
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1736
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1736
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1736
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1737
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1738
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1741
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR............................................................................................................................1741
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1741
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................1741
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR..........................................................................................................................1742
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1742
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1742
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1742
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1742
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1743
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1744
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1745
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR............................................................................................................................1745
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1745
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................1745
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR..............................................................................................................1746
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1746
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1746
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1746
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1746
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B.................................................................................................................1746
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.......................................................................................................................1746
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1747
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................1748
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1748
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1748
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1748
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1748
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1749
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1750
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1751
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1753
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.................................................................................................................1753
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1753
ACCELERATOR PEDAL.................................................................................................................................1753
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................1754
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1754
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1754
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1754
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1754
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1754
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1755
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1756
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1759
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.................................................................................................................1759
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1759
ACCELERATOR PEDAL.................................................................................................................................1759
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................1760
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1760
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1760
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1760
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1760
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1760
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1761
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1762
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1764
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR..........................................................................................................................1764
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1765
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................1765
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR......................................................................................................................................1766
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1766
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1766
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1766
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1766
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1767
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1768
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1769
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1772
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.................................................................................................................1772
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1773
ACCELERATOR PEDAL.................................................................................................................................1773
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................1774
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1774
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1774
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1774
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1774
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1774
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................1775
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1776
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1776
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1778
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1779
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1783
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................1783
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.........................................................................................................................................1784
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1784
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1784
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1785
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1786
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1787
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................1787
ASCD INDICATOR............................................................................................................................................1789
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1789
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1789
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1790
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1790
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................1792
Description...........................................................................................................................................1792
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1792
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1792
FUEL INJECTOR.............................................................................................................................................1794
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1794
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1794
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1795
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1796
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1799
FUEL INJECTOR.....................................................................................................................................1799
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1799
FUEL INJECTOR.....................................................................................................................................1799
FUEL PUMP.................................................................................................................................................1800
Description...........................................................................................................................................1800
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1800
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................1800
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1800
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1801
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1802
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1804
FUEL PUMP.........................................................................................................................................1804
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1804
FUEL PUMP.........................................................................................................................................1804
ICC BRAKE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1805
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1805
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1805
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1806
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1807
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1809
ICC BRAKE SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1809
ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY..............................................................................................................................1810
IGNITION SIGNAL...........................................................................................................................................1811
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1811
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR..................................................................................................................1811
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1812
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1817
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1820
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR...............................................................................................................1820
CONDENSER.........................................................................................................................................1821
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1822
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR...............................................................................................................1822
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................................1823
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1823
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1824
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1825
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1827
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................1827
SNOW MODE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1828
Description...........................................................................................................................................1828
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1828
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1829
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1829
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1831
SNOW MODE SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1831
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR...............................................................................................................................1833
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1833
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................1835
Fuel Pressure.........................................................................................................................................1835
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing........................................................................................................................1835
Calculated Load Value.................................................................................................................................1835
Mass Air Flow Sensor..................................................................................................................................1835
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.........................................................................................................................1835
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.....................................................................................................................1835
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater..................................................................................................................1835
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater.........................................................................................................................1835
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)......................................................................................................................1836
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)......................................................................................................................1836
Throttle Control Motor................................................................................................................................1836
Fuel Injector.........................................................................................................................................1836
Fuel Pump.............................................................................................................................................1836
VK45DE............................................................................................................................................................1837
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................1837
INDEX FOR DTC.............................................................................................................................................1837
DTC No. Index.........................................................................................................................................1837
Alphabetical Index....................................................................................................................................1840
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................1845
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"............................................................1845
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.......................................................................................................1845
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T.....................................................................................................1845
Precaution............................................................................................................................................1846
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................1849
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................1849
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................1850
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................1851
Schematic.............................................................................................................................................1851
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System.................................................................................................................1851
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................1851
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1852
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION.............................................................................................1852
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)..............................................................................................1852
Open Loop Control.............................................................................................................................1853
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL...............................................................................................................1853
FUEL INJECTION TIMING.............................................................................................................................1853
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System....................................................................................................1853
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System..................................................................................................1853
FUEL SHUT-OFF.....................................................................................................................................1854
Electronic Ignition (EI) System.......................................................................................................................1854
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................1854
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1854
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)...................................................................................................1854
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................1854
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1854
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL..............................................................................................................................1856
Input/Output Signal Chart.............................................................................................................................1856
System Description....................................................................................................................................1856
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).....................................................................................................................1857
System Description....................................................................................................................................1857
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................1857
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................1857
SET OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................1857
ACCELERATE OPERATION..............................................................................................................................1857
CANCEL OPERATION..................................................................................................................................1857
COAST OPERATION...................................................................................................................................1857
RESUME OPERATION..................................................................................................................................1857
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1858
ASCD STEERING SWITCH..............................................................................................................................1858
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................1858
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1858
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ...............................................................................................................1858
ASCD INDICATOR....................................................................................................................................1858
CAN COMMUNICATION.........................................................................................................................................1859
System Description....................................................................................................................................1859
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................1860
Description...........................................................................................................................................1860
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1860
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING.................................................................................................................1860
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1862
EVAP CANISTER.....................................................................................................................................1862
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)........................................................................................1863
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................1863
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................1863
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE..................................................................................................................1863
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................1863
EVAP SERVICE PORT.................................................................................................................................1863
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1864
EVAP CANISTER.....................................................................................................................................1864
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE..................................................................................................................1864
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage......................................................................................................................1864
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................1864
WITHOUT CONSULT-III...............................................................................................................................1865
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)..................................................................................................................1866
System Description....................................................................................................................................1866
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1866
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG...................................................................................................1866
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG WHILE REFUELING...........................................................1867
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1868
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE....................................................................................................................1868
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1868
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1869
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION............................................................................................................................1871
Description...........................................................................................................................................1871
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1871
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1871
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE........................................................................................................1871
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE........................................................................................................................1872
IVIS (INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)...........................................................................................................1873
Description...........................................................................................................................................1873
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................1874
Introduction..........................................................................................................................................1874
Two Trip Detection Logic..............................................................................................................................1874
Emission-related Diagnostic Information...............................................................................................................1875
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS.....................................................................................................1875
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC..............................................................................................................................1879
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC..............................................................................................................1879
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA..................................................................................................1879
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE..................................................................................................................1880
SRT Item......................................................................................................................................1880
SRT Set Timing................................................................................................................................1881
SRT Service Procedure.........................................................................................................................1881
How to Display SRT Status.....................................................................................................................1882
How to Set SRT Code...........................................................................................................................1883
Driving Pattern...............................................................................................................................1884
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT.........................................................................................................................1885
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION..............................................................................................1890
How to Erase DTC..............................................................................................................................1890
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)......................................................................................................................1891
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1891
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION...............................................................................................................1891
MIL Flashing Without DTC......................................................................................................................1892
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE................................................................................................................1892
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)..................................................................................1892
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)................................................................................1893
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I - BULB CHECK...............................................................................................................1893
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I - MALFUNCTION WARNING......................................................................................................1893
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II - SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS.................................................................................................1893
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)................................................................................1894
OBD System Operation Chart............................................................................................................................1894
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS.................................................................................1894
SUMMARY CHART.....................................................................................................................................1895
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”..........1895
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”...........................................1896
<Driving Pattern B>...........................................................................................................................1896
<Driving Pattern C>...........................................................................................................................1897
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”....1897
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”....................................1898
<Driving Pattern A>...........................................................................................................................1899
<Driving Pattern B>...........................................................................................................................1899
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................1900
Basic Inspection......................................................................................................................................1900
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check..................................................................................................................1903
IDLE SPEED........................................................................................................................................1903
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1903
With GST......................................................................................................................................1903
IGNITION TIMING...................................................................................................................................1904
Procedure After Replacing ECM.........................................................................................................................1904
VIN Registration......................................................................................................................................1904
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1904
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................1904
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1904
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning..........................................................................................................1904
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1904
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................1904
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning...............................................................................................................1905
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1905
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................1905
Idle Air Volume Learning..............................................................................................................................1905
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1905
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................1905
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................1905
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1905
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1906
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1906
Fuel Pressure Check...................................................................................................................................1907
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE.............................................................................................................................1907
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1907
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................1907
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK...............................................................................................................................1907
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................1908
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction........................................................................................................................1908
INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................1908
WORK FLOW.........................................................................................................................................1908
Overall Sequence..............................................................................................................................1909
Detailed Flow.................................................................................................................................1909
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET..............................................................................................................................1911
Description...................................................................................................................................1911
Worksheet Sample..............................................................................................................................1912
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.........................................................................................................................1912
Fail-Safe Chart.......................................................................................................................................1913
Symptom Matrix Chart..................................................................................................................................1915
SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM..............................................................................................................1915
SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER................................................................................................................1916
Engine Control Component Parts Location...............................................................................................................1919
Vacuum Hose Drawing...................................................................................................................................1926
Circuit Diagram.......................................................................................................................................1927
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout.................................................................................................................1929
ECM Terminal and Reference Value......................................................................................................................1929
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................1929
ECM INSPECTION TABLE..............................................................................................................................1929
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE).........................................................................................................................1937
FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................................1937
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION........................................................................................1937
WORK SUPPORT MODE.................................................................................................................................1939
Work Item.....................................................................................................................................1939
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE............................................................................................................................1940
Self Diagnostic Item..........................................................................................................................1940
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..............................................................................................1940
DATA MONITOR MODE.................................................................................................................................1941
Monitored Item................................................................................................................................1941
ACTIVE TEST MODE..................................................................................................................................1944
Test Item.....................................................................................................................................1944
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE.......................................................................................................................1945
SRT STATUS Mode...............................................................................................................................1945
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode.........................................................................................................................1945
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode.........................................................................................................................1945
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function......................................................................................................................1946
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1946
FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................................1946
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1947
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1947
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE...................................................................................................................1951
Description...........................................................................................................................................1951
Testing Condition.....................................................................................................................................1951
Inspection Procedure..................................................................................................................................1951
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1952
OVERALL SEQUENCE..................................................................................................................................1952
DETAILED PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................1953
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT...............................................................................................................1959
Description...........................................................................................................................................1959
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1959
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................1960
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1960
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1961
Ground Inspection.....................................................................................................................................1965
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE...................................................................................................................1966
Description...........................................................................................................................................1966
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1966
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1966
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1967
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1967
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION...............................................................................................................................1968
Description...........................................................................................................................................1968
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1968
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1968
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1968
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL..............................................................................................................................1969
Description...........................................................................................................................................1969
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1969
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................1969
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve....................................................................................................1969
Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sensor...................................................................................................1969
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1970
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1970
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................1970
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1970
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................1971
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1971
With GST......................................................................................................................................1971
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................1971
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................1971
With GST......................................................................................................................................1971
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1972
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1972
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1974
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1975
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1979
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR.......................................................................................................1979
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................1979
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1980
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR.......................................................................................................1980
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................1980
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER........................................................................................................1981
Description...........................................................................................................................................1981
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1981
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1981
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1981
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1981
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1982
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1982
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1984
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1985
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1986
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER..............................................................................................................1986
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1987
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................1987
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER...............................................................................................................1988
Description...........................................................................................................................................1988
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................1988
OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................1988
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1988
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1988
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1988
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1990
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1990
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1992
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................1993
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................1994
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER.....................................................................................................................1994
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................1995
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................1995
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE...............................................................................................................1996
Component Description.................................................................................................................................1996
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................1996
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................1996
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................1996
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................1997
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................1997
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................1999
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2000
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2001
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................2001
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2002
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................2002
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR......................................................................................................................................2003
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2003
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2003
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2003
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2003
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................2003
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................2004
With CONSULT-III .............................................................................................................................2004
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2004
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................2004
With GST......................................................................................................................................2004
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2005
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2006
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2008
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................2008
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2008
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2009
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2009
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................2009
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2010
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2010
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2010
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2010
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2010
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2010
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102...........................................................................................................................2010
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103...........................................................................................................................2011
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2012
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2013
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2015
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................2015
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2015
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2015
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2016
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................2016
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2017
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2017
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2017
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2017
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2018
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2018
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2020
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................2020
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2020
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................2020
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2021
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2021
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2021
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2021
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2022
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2023
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2023
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2025
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................2025
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2025
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................2025
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR................................................................................................................................2026
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2026
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2026
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2026
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2026
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2026
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2027
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2028
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2030
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR..........................................................................................................................2030
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2031
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................2031
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR......................................................................................................................................2032
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2032
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2032
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2032
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2032
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2033
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2033
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2033
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................2033
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2034
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................2034
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR......................................................................................................................................2035
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2035
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2035
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2035
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2035
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................2036
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2036
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2036
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................2036
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2037
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR..............................................................................................................................2037
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................2038
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2038
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2038
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2038
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2038
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2038
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2039
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................2039
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2039
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................2039
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................2040
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2040
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2040
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2040
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2040
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................2040
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................2041
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2041
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2041
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................2041
With GST......................................................................................................................................2041
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2042
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2042
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2044
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2045
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2047
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................2047
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................2048
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2048
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2048
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2048
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2048
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2048
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2049
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2050
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2050
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2052
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2053
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2055
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................2055
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................2056
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2056
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2056
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2056
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2056
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2056
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2057
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2058
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2058
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2060
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2061
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2063
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................2063
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................2064
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2064
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2064
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2064
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2064
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2065
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2065
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2066
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2066
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2068
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2069
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2072
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................2072
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................2073
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2073
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2073
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2073
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2073
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2074
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2074
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2074
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2075
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2075
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2077
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2078
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2080
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................2080
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2080
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2080
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2081
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................2081
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................2082
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2082
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2082
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2082
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2083
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................2083
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2083
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................2083
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2083
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2084
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................2084
With GST......................................................................................................................................2084
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2085
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2085
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2087
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2088
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................2088
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................2090
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2092
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................2092
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2092
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2092
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2093
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................2093
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................2094
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2094
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2094
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2094
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2094
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2095
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2095
WITH GST.........................................................................................................................................2095
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2096
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2096
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2098
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2099
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2101
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................2101
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2101
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2101
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2102
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2............................................................................................................................2102
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...........................................................................................................2103
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2103
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2103
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2103
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2104
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2105
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2105
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2107
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2108
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...........................................................................................................2113
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2113
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2113
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2113
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2114
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2115
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2115
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2117
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2118
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR......................................................................................................................................2123
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2123
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2123
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2123
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2123
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2124
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2124
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2125
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2126
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................2126
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2126
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................2126
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2127
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2127
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2127
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2127
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2128
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2128
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2130
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................2130
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2130
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................2130
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR................................................................................................................................2131
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2131
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2131
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2131
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2131
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2131
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2132
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2133
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2135
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR..........................................................................................................................2135
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2136
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................2136
DTC P0300 - P0308 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 8 CYLINDER MISFIRE...................................................................................2137
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2137
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2137
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2138
DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS.........................................................................................................................2144
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2144
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2144
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2144
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2145
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2146
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2147
KNOCK SENSOR......................................................................................................................................2147
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2147
KNOCK SENSOR......................................................................................................................................2147
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)................................................................................................................................2148
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2148
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2148
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2148
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2148
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2149
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2150
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2152
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)..................................................................................................................2152
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2152
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)..................................................................................................................2152
DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE)..........................................................................................................2153
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2153
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2153
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2153
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2153
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2154
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2155
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2157
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)..................................................................................................................2157
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2158
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)..................................................................................................................2158
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION..............................................................................................................2159
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2159
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2159
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2159
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2160
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2160
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2160
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................2163
System Description....................................................................................................................................2163
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2163
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2163
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2163
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2164
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2164
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2164
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................2168
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2168
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2168
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2169
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2169
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2169
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE...............................................................................................2175
Description...........................................................................................................................................2175
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................2175
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................2175
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2175
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2176
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2176
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2176
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2176
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2177
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2178
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2181
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ................................................................................................2181
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2181
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2181
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2181
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................2181
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................2182
Description...........................................................................................................................................2182
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...............................................................................................................................2182
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................2182
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2182
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2183
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2183
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2184
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2185
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2187
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................2187
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2187
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2187
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2187
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................2187
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE................................................................................................................2188
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2188
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2188
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2188
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2188
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2189
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2190
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2191
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE..................................................................................................................2191
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2191
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2192
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE................................................................................................................2193
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2193
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2193
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2193
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2193
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2193
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2195
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2196
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2197
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE..................................................................................................................2197
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2197
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2197
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.............................................................................................................2199
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2199
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2199
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2199
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2199
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2199
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2200
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2200
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................2200
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.............................................................................................................2202
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2202
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2202
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2202
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2202
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2202
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2203
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2204
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2205
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2207
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................2207
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.............................................................................................................2208
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2208
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2208
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2208
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2208
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2208
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2209
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2210
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2211
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2214
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................2214
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................2215
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2215
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2215
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2216
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2216
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2216
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................2221
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2221
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2222
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2222
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2222
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2222
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2223
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2228
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2228
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2228
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2228
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2228
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2229
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.................................................................................................................................2229
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2230
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2230
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2230
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2230
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2230
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2231
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2231
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2231
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.................................................................................................................................2231
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR........................................................................................................................2232
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2232
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2232
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2232
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2232
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2233
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.................................................................................................................................2233
DTC P0500 VSS.............................................................................................................................................2234
Description...........................................................................................................................................2234
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2234
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2234
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2234
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2234
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2235
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2235
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2235
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................2236
Description...........................................................................................................................................2236
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2236
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2236
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2236
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2236
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................2238
Description...........................................................................................................................................2238
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2238
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2238
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2238
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR......................................................................................................................................2240
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2240
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2240
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2240
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2240
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2241
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2242
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2244
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR....................................................................................................................2244
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2244
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR....................................................................................................................2244
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY................................................................................................................................2245
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2245
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2245
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2245
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2246
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2247
DTC P0605 ECM.............................................................................................................................................2249
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2249
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2249
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2249
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2249
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A.......................................................................................................................2249
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.......................................................................................................................2249
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.......................................................................................................................2249
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2249
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2250
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.............................................................................................................................2251
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2251
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2251
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2251
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2252
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2253
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH......................................................................................................................................2256
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2256
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2256
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2256
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2256
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2256
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2257
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2257
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2258
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2259
DTC P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR..............................................................................................................2261
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2261
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2261
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2261
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2261
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2261
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2261
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2262
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2262
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2264
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2265
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2267
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR.......................................................................................................2267
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2268
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR.......................................................................................................2268
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL......................................................................................................................2269
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2269
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................2270
Description...........................................................................................................................................2270
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2270
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2270
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2270
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2270
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE..........................................................................................................................2271
Description...........................................................................................................................................2271
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2271
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2271
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2271
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.........................................................................................................................2272
Description...........................................................................................................................................2272
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................2272
Cooling Fan Control...........................................................................................................................2272
Cooling Fan Operation.........................................................................................................................2272
Cooling Fan Relay Operation...................................................................................................................2272
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................2273
Cooling Fan Motor.............................................................................................................................2273
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2273
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2273
Overall Function Check................................................................................................................................2274
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2274
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2274
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2276
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2277
PROCEDURE A.......................................................................................................................................2279
PROCEDURE B.......................................................................................................................................2280
Main 13 Causes of Overheating.........................................................................................................................2281
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2282
COOLING FAN MOTOR.................................................................................................................................2282
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2283
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2283
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2283
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2283
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2283
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2284
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................2284
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2285
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2285
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2285
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2285
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2285
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2286
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................2286
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL..............................................................................................................................2287
Description...........................................................................................................................................2287
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2287
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2287
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2287
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2287
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2287
DTC P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH.............................................................................................................................2289
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2289
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2289
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2289
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2290
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2291
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2292
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2294
ICC STEERING SWITCH...............................................................................................................................2294
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH............................................................................................................................2295
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2295
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2295
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2295
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2296
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2297
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2298
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2300
ASCD STEERING SWITCH..............................................................................................................................2300
DTC P1568 ICC FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................2301
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2301
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2301
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2301
DTC P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH................................................................................................................................2302
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2302
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2302
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2302
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2302
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2303
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2303
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2304
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2305
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2309
ICC BRAKE SWITCH..................................................................................................................................2309
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................2309
ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY..............................................................................................................................2309
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH...............................................................................................................................2310
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2310
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2310
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2310
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2310
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2311
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2311
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2312
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2313
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2316
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................2316
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................2316
DTC P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR........................................................................................................................2317
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2317
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2317
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2317
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2317
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.......................................................................................................................2319
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2319
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2319
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2319
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2319
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)..................................................................................................2321
Description...........................................................................................................................................2321
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2321
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2321
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2321
DTC P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.....................................................................................................................2322
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2322
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2322
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2322
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2322
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2323
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2324
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2325
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................2325
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2325
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2325
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2325
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................2325
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH....................................................................................................................................2326
Description...........................................................................................................................................2326
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2326
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2326
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2326
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2326
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2327
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2328
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2329
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................2329
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY.............................................................................................................2330
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2330
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2330
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2330
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2330
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2330
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100...........................................................................................................................2330
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103...........................................................................................................................2330
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2331
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2332
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION..............................................................................................................2334
Description...........................................................................................................................................2334
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2334
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2334
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2334
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2335
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2336
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2339
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR............................................................................................................................2339
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2339
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................2339
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR..........................................................................................................................2340
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2340
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2340
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2340
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2340
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2341
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2342
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2343
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR............................................................................................................................2343
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2343
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................2343
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR..............................................................................................................2344
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2344
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2344
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2344
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2344
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B.................................................................................................................2344
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.......................................................................................................................2344
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2345
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2346
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2346
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2346
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2346
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2346
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2347
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2348
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2349
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2351
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.................................................................................................................2351
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2351
ACCELERATOR PEDAL.................................................................................................................................2351
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2352
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2352
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2352
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2352
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2352
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2352
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2353
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2354
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2357
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.................................................................................................................2357
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2357
ACCELERATOR PEDAL.................................................................................................................................2357
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2358
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2358
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2358
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2358
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2358
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2358
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2359
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2360
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2362
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR..........................................................................................................................2362
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2363
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................2363
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR......................................................................................................................................2364
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2364
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2364
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2364
FAIL-SAFE MODE....................................................................................................................................2364
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2365
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2366
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2367
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2370
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.................................................................................................................2370
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2370
ACCELERATOR PEDAL.................................................................................................................................2370
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1.............................................................................................................................2371
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2371
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2371
On Board Diagnosis Logic..............................................................................................................................2371
DTC Confirmation Procedure............................................................................................................................2371
WITH CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................2371
WITH GST..........................................................................................................................................2372
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2373
BANK 1............................................................................................................................................2373
BANK 2............................................................................................................................................2375
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2376
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2380
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................2380
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.........................................................................................................................................2381
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2381
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2381
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2382
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2383
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2384
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................2384
ASCD INDICATOR............................................................................................................................................2386
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2386
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2386
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2387
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2387
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................2389
Description...........................................................................................................................................2389
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2389
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2389
FUEL INJECTOR.............................................................................................................................................2391
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2391
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2391
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2392
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2393
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2396
FUEL INJECTOR.....................................................................................................................................2396
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2396
FUEL INJECTOR.....................................................................................................................................2396
FUEL PUMP.................................................................................................................................................2397
Description...........................................................................................................................................2397
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................2397
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................2397
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2397
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2398
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2399
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2401
FUEL PUMP.........................................................................................................................................2401
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2401
FUEL PUMP.........................................................................................................................................2401
ICC BRAKE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................2402
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2402
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2402
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2403
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2404
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2406
ICC BRAKE SWITCH..................................................................................................................................2406
ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY..............................................................................................................................2407
IGNITION SIGNAL...........................................................................................................................................2408
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2408
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR..................................................................................................................2408
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2409
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2414
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2417
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR...............................................................................................................2417
CONDENSER.........................................................................................................................................2418
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2418
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR...............................................................................................................2418
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2419
Component Description.................................................................................................................................2419
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2420
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2421
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2423
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................2423
SNOW MODE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................2424
Description...........................................................................................................................................2424
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2424
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2425
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2425
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2427
SNOW MODE SWITCH..................................................................................................................................2427
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)..............................................................................................................2429
Description...........................................................................................................................................2429
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................2429
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................2429
Power Valve...................................................................................................................................2429
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve...................................................................................................................2430
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode......................................................................................................2430
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2431
Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................................2432
Component Inspection..................................................................................................................................2435
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................2435
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................2435
Without CONSULT-III...........................................................................................................................2435
VACUUM TANK.......................................................................................................................................2435
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2435
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................2435
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR...............................................................................................................................2436
Wiring Diagram........................................................................................................................................2436
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................2438
Fuel Pressure.........................................................................................................................................2438
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing........................................................................................................................2438
Calculated Load Value.................................................................................................................................2438
Mass Air Flow Sensor..................................................................................................................................2438
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.........................................................................................................................2438
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.....................................................................................................................2438
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor..........................................................................................................................2438
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)......................................................................................................................2439
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)......................................................................................................................2439
A/F Sensor 1 Heater...................................................................................................................................2439
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater.........................................................................................................................2439
Throttle Control Motor................................................................................................................................2439
Fuel Injector.........................................................................................................................................2439
Fuel Pump.............................................................................................................................................2439
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.................................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)..................................................................................................................................... 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................. 77
ei........................................................................................................................................................................2440
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................2440
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................2442
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2442
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................2442
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................2442
Precaution for Work.......................................................................................................................................2442
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2443
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................2443
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................2443
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...........................................................................................................................2444
Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2444
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW....................................................................................................................................2444
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE....................................................................................................................2444
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS.......................................................................................................................2445
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..........................................................................................................2445
REPAIR THE CAUSE .....................................................................................................................................2445
CONFIRM THE REPAIR....................................................................................................................................2446
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................2446
INSTRUMENT PANEL......................................................................................................................................2446
CENTER CONSOLE........................................................................................................................................2446
DOORS.................................................................................................................................................2446
TRUNK.................................................................................................................................................2446
SUNROOF/HEADLINING....................................................................................................................................2447
SEATS.................................................................................................................................................2447
UNDERHOOD.............................................................................................................................................2447
Diagnostic Worksheet......................................................................................................................................2448
CLIP AND FASTENER.............................................................................................................................................2450
Clip and Fastener.........................................................................................................................................2450
FRONT BUMPER..................................................................................................................................................2453
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2453
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2454
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2454
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2455
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF FILLET MOLDING............................................................................................................2455
Removal ..........................................................................................................................................2455
Installation......................................................................................................................................2455
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF BUMPER CENTER MOLDING.....................................................................................................2455
Removal ..........................................................................................................................................2455
Installation......................................................................................................................................2455
REAR BUMPER...................................................................................................................................................2456
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2456
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2457
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2457
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2458
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF REAR BUMPER FASCIA........................................................................................................2458
Disassembly ......................................................................................................................................2458
Assembly..........................................................................................................................................2459
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF REAR BUMPER CLOSING.......................................................................................................2459
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2459
Installation......................................................................................................................................2459
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF DRAFTER GUARD.............................................................................................................2459
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2459
Installation......................................................................................................................................2459
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF REAR FILLET MOLDING ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................2459
Removal ..........................................................................................................................................2459
Installation......................................................................................................................................2460
FRONT GRILLE..................................................................................................................................................2461
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2461
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2461
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2461
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2461
COWL TOP......................................................................................................................................................2462
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2462
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2462
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2462
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2462
FENDER PROTECTOR..............................................................................................................................................2463
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2463
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2463
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2463
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2463
DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING .........................................................................................................................................2464
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2464
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2464
FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING............................................................................................................................2464
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2464
Installation......................................................................................................................................2464
REAR DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING.............................................................................................................................2464
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2464
Installation......................................................................................................................................2464
DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING....................................................................................................................................2465
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2465
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2465
FRONT AND REAR DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING.............................................................................................................2465
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2465
Installation......................................................................................................................................2465
DOOR PARTING SEAL.............................................................................................................................................2466
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2466
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2466
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2466
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2466
CENTER MUD GUARD..............................................................................................................................................2468
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2468
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2468
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2468
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2468
WINDSHIELD MOLDING............................................................................................................................................2469
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2469
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2469
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2469
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2469
BACK DOOR WINDOW MOLDING......................................................................................................................................2470
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2470
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2470
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2470
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2470
ROOF SIDE MOLDING.............................................................................................................................................2471
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2471
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2471
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2471
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2471
ROOF RAIL.....................................................................................................................................................2472
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2472
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2472
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2472
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2472
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF ROOF RAIL BRACKET.........................................................................................................2472
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2472
Installation......................................................................................................................................2472
BACK DOOR FINISHER............................................................................................................................................2474
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2474
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2474
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2474
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2474
DOOR FINISHER.................................................................................................................................................2475
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2475
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2475
DOOR FINISHER (FRONT AND REAR)........................................................................................................................2475
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2475
Installation......................................................................................................................................2476
BODY SIDE TRIM................................................................................................................................................2477
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2477
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2477
CENTER PILLAR LOWER GARNISH...........................................................................................................................2477
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2477
Installation......................................................................................................................................2478
CENTER PILLAR UPPER GARNISH...........................................................................................................................2478
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2478
Installation......................................................................................................................................2478
DASH SIDE FINISHER....................................................................................................................................2478
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2478
Installation......................................................................................................................................2478
FRONT PILLAR GARNISH..................................................................................................................................2479
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2479
Installation......................................................................................................................................2479
KICKING PLATE.........................................................................................................................................2479
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2479
Installation......................................................................................................................................2479
CENTER MUDGUARD FINISHER (FRONT/REAR).................................................................................................................2479
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2479
Installation......................................................................................................................................2479
FLOOR TRIM....................................................................................................................................................2480
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2480
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2480
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2480
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2481
HEADLINING....................................................................................................................................................2482
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2482
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2483
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2483
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2483
LUGGAGE FLOOR TRIM............................................................................................................................................2484
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2484
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2485
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2485
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2485
BACK DOOR TRIM................................................................................................................................................2486
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2486
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2486
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2486
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2486
em........................................................................................................................................................................2487
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................2487
VQ35DE............................................................................................................................................................2490
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................2490
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................2490
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.............................................................................2490
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................2490
Precaution for Drain Engine Coolant and Engine Oil....................................................................................................2490
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping..............................................................................................................2490
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly................................................................................................................2490
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement.....................................................................................................2490
Precaution for Assembly and Installation..............................................................................................................2491
Precaution for Angle Tightening.......................................................................................................................2491
Precaution for Liquid Gasket..........................................................................................................................2491
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING..................................................................................................................2491
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................2491
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................2493
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................2493
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................2495
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING......................................................................................................2498
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise....................................................................................................................2498
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom.........................................................................................2498
DRIVE BELTS...............................................................................................................................................2500
Checking Drive Belts..................................................................................................................................2500
Tension Adjustment....................................................................................................................................2500
ALTERNATOR AND POWER STEERING OIL PUMP BELT.......................................................................................................2501
A/C COMPRESSOR BELT...............................................................................................................................2501
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2501
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2501
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2501
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT..................................................................................................................................2503
Component.............................................................................................................................................2503
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2503
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2503
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2503
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2504
Changing Air Cleaner Filter...........................................................................................................................2504
INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................2504
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2504
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2504
INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR.................................................................................................................................2505
Component.............................................................................................................................................2505
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2505
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2505
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2507
Surface Distortion............................................................................................................................2507
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2507
Part Installation Direction...................................................................................................................2507
Intake Manifold Collector (Lower).............................................................................................................2508
Intake Manifold Collector (Upper).............................................................................................................2508
Water Hose....................................................................................................................................2508
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ...........................................................................................................2508
INTAKE MANIFOLD...........................................................................................................................................2510
Component.............................................................................................................................................2510
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2510
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2510
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2510
Surface Distortion............................................................................................................................2510
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2511
Intake Manifold...............................................................................................................................2511
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST...................................................................................................................2512
Component.............................................................................................................................................2512
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2512
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2512
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2513
Surface Distortion............................................................................................................................2514
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2514
Exhaust Manifold Gasket.......................................................................................................................2514
Exhaust Manifold..............................................................................................................................2514
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 and Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ...........................................................................................2514
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER..................................................................................................................................2516
Component (2WD Models)................................................................................................................................2516
Removal and Installation (2WD Models).................................................................................................................2516
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2516
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2518
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2518
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2521
Component (AWD Models)................................................................................................................................2521
Removal and Installation (AWD Models).................................................................................................................2522
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2522
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2524
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2524
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2527
IGNITION COIL.............................................................................................................................................2528
Component.............................................................................................................................................2528
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2528
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2528
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2528
SPARK PLUG (PLATINUM-TIPPED TYPE).........................................................................................................................2529
Component.............................................................................................................................................2529
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2529
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2529
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2529
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2530
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE...............................................................................................................................2531
Component.............................................................................................................................................2531
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2531
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2531
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2533
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2535
Check on Fuel Leakage.........................................................................................................................2535
ROCKER COVER..............................................................................................................................................2537
Component.............................................................................................................................................2537
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2537
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2537
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2538
FRONT TIMING CHAIN CASE...................................................................................................................................2540
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2540
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2540
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2544
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2548
Inspection for Leaks..........................................................................................................................2548
TIMING CHAIN..............................................................................................................................................2550
Component.............................................................................................................................................2550
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2551
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2551
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2558
Timing Chain..................................................................................................................................2558
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2558
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2568
Inspection for Leaks..........................................................................................................................2568
CAMSHAFT..................................................................................................................................................2569
Component.............................................................................................................................................2569
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2570
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2570
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2571
Camshaft Runout...............................................................................................................................2571
Camshaft Cam Height...........................................................................................................................2571
Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance................................................................................................................2571
Camshaft End Play.............................................................................................................................2572
Camshaft Sprocket Runout......................................................................................................................2572
Valve Lifter .................................................................................................................................2573
Valve Lifter Clearance........................................................................................................................2573
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2574
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2576
Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove..............................................................................................2576
Inspection for Leaks..........................................................................................................................2577
Valve Clearance.......................................................................................................................................2577
INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................2577
ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................................................2581
OIL SEAL..................................................................................................................................................2583
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal............................................................................................................2583
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2583
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2583
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal............................................................................................................2583
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2583
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2584
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal.............................................................................................................2584
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2584
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2585
CYLINDER HEAD.............................................................................................................................................2586
On-Vehicle Service....................................................................................................................................2586
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE.....................................................................................................................2586
Component.............................................................................................................................................2587
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2587
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2587
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2588
Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter............................................................................................................2588
Cylinder Head Distortion......................................................................................................................2588
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2589
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2590
Inspection for Leaks..........................................................................................................................2590
Disassembly and Assembly..............................................................................................................................2591
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................2591
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................2592
Inspection After Disassembly..........................................................................................................................2593
VALVE DIMENSIONS..................................................................................................................................2593
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE.............................................................................................................................2593
Valve Stem Diameter...........................................................................................................................2593
Valve Guide Inner Diameter....................................................................................................................2593
Valve Guide Clearance.........................................................................................................................2594
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT...........................................................................................................................2594
VALVE SEAT CONTACT................................................................................................................................2595
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT............................................................................................................................2595
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS...........................................................................................................................2596
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD............................................................................................2596
ENGINE ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................2598
Component (2WD Models)................................................................................................................................2598
Removal and Installation (2WD Models).................................................................................................................2598
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2598
Outline.......................................................................................................................................2598
Preparation...................................................................................................................................2599
Engine Room...................................................................................................................................2599
Passenger Room Side...........................................................................................................................2599
Vehicle Underbody.............................................................................................................................2600
Removal Work..................................................................................................................................2600
Separation Work...............................................................................................................................2601
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2601
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2602
Inspection for Leaks..........................................................................................................................2602
Component (AWD Models)................................................................................................................................2603
Removal and Installation (AWD Models).................................................................................................................2603
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2603
Outline.......................................................................................................................................2603
Preparation...................................................................................................................................2604
Engine Room...................................................................................................................................2604
Passenger Room Side...........................................................................................................................2604
Vehicle Underbody.............................................................................................................................2605
Removal Work..................................................................................................................................2605
Separation Work...............................................................................................................................2606
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2606
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2607
Inspection for Leaks..........................................................................................................................2607
CYLINDER BLOCK............................................................................................................................................2608
Component.............................................................................................................................................2608
Disassembly and Assembly..............................................................................................................................2609
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................2609
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................2614
How to Select Piston and Bearing......................................................................................................................2620
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................2620
HOW TO SELECT PISTON..............................................................................................................................2621
When New Cylinder Block is Used...............................................................................................................2621
When Cylinder Block is Reused.................................................................................................................2621
Piston Selection Table........................................................................................................................2621
HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEARING..............................................................................................................2621
When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used...............................................................................................2621
When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused.................................................................................................2621
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table........................................................................................................2622
Undersize Bearings Usage Guide................................................................................................................2622
HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING........................................................................................................................2622
When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used...............................................................................................2622
When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused.................................................................................................2623
Main Bearing Selection Table..................................................................................................................2623
Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals).......................................................................................................2624
Undersize Bearing Usage Guide.................................................................................................................2624
Inspection After Disassembly..........................................................................................................................2624
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY...............................................................................................................................2624
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE.....................................................................................................................2625
PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE................................................................................................................2625
Piston Pin Hole Diameter......................................................................................................................2625
Piston Pin Outer Diameter.....................................................................................................................2625
Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance............................................................................................................2625
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................2626
PISTON RING END GAP...............................................................................................................................2626
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION...................................................................................................................2626
CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER...................................................................................................................2627
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE..............................................................................................................2627
Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter.........................................................................................................2627
Piston Pin Outer Diameter.....................................................................................................................2627
Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance..........................................................................................................2628
CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION.........................................................................................................................2628
MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER...............................................................................................................2629
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE.................................................................................................................2629
Cylinder Bore inner Diameter .................................................................................................................2629
Piston Skirt Diameter.........................................................................................................................2629
Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance.............................................................................................................2630
Re-boring Cylinder Bore.......................................................................................................................2630
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER..................................................................................................................2630
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER...................................................................................................................2630
CRANKSHAFT OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER.................................................................................................................2631
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT ................................................................................................................................2631
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..............................................................................................................2631
Method by Calculation.........................................................................................................................2631
Method of Using Plastigage....................................................................................................................2632
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................2632
Method by Calculation.........................................................................................................................2632
Method of Using Plastigage....................................................................................................................2632
MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT.........................................................................................................................2633
CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT...............................................................................................................2633
MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER..............................................................................................................2633
CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER................................................................................................................2633
DRIVE PLATE.......................................................................................................................................2634
OIL JET...........................................................................................................................................2634
OIL JET RELIEF VALVE..............................................................................................................................2634
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................2635
Standard and Limit....................................................................................................................................2635
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................................................................2635
DRIVE BELT........................................................................................................................................2635
INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR, INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD...................................................................................2636
SPARK PLUG........................................................................................................................................2636
CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING.....................................................................................................................2636
Valve Lifter..................................................................................................................................2637
Valve Clearance...............................................................................................................................2637
Available Valve Lifter........................................................................................................................2637
CYLINDER HEAD.....................................................................................................................................2638
Valve Dimensions..............................................................................................................................2638
Valve Guide...................................................................................................................................2639
Valve Seat....................................................................................................................................2639
Valve Spring..................................................................................................................................2640
CYLINDER BLOCK....................................................................................................................................2640
PISTON, PISTON RING AND PISTON PIN................................................................................................................2641
Available Piston..............................................................................................................................2641
Piston Ring...................................................................................................................................2642
Piston Pin....................................................................................................................................2642
CONNECTING ROD....................................................................................................................................2642
CRANKSHAFT........................................................................................................................................2643
MAIN BEARING......................................................................................................................................2643
Undersize.....................................................................................................................................2644
Main Bearing Oil Clearance....................................................................................................................2644
CONNECTING ROD BEARING............................................................................................................................2644
Undersize.....................................................................................................................................2645
Connecting Rod Bearing Oil Clearance..........................................................................................................2645
VK45DE............................................................................................................................................................2646
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................2646
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................2646
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.............................................................................2646
OPERATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................................2646
Precaution for Drain Engine Coolant and Engine Oil....................................................................................................2646
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping..............................................................................................................2646
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly................................................................................................................2646
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement.....................................................................................................2646
Precaution for Assembly and Installation..............................................................................................................2647
Parts Requiring Angle Tightening......................................................................................................................2647
Precaution for Liquid Gasket..........................................................................................................................2647
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING..................................................................................................................2647
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................2647
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................2649
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................2649
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................2650
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING......................................................................................................2653
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise....................................................................................................................2653
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom.........................................................................................2653
ENGINE ROOM COVER.........................................................................................................................................2655
Component.............................................................................................................................................2655
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2655
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2655
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2655
DRIVE BELTS...............................................................................................................................................2656
Component.............................................................................................................................................2656
Checking Drive Belts..................................................................................................................................2656
Tension Adjustment....................................................................................................................................2656
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2656
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2656
Alternator, Water Pump and A/C Compressor Belt................................................................................................2656
Power Steering Oil Pump Belt..................................................................................................................2657
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2657
Component.............................................................................................................................................2657
Drive Belt Auto Tensioner and Idler Pulley............................................................................................................2658
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2658
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2658
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT..................................................................................................................................2659
Component.............................................................................................................................................2659
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2659
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2659
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2660
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2660
Changing Air Cleaner Filter...........................................................................................................................2660
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2660
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2660
INTAKE MANIFOLD...........................................................................................................................................2661
Component.............................................................................................................................................2661
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2662
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2662
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2663
Surface Distortion............................................................................................................................2663
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2664
Intake Manifold (Lower).......................................................................................................................2664
Intake Manifold (Upper).......................................................................................................................2664
Electric Throttle Control Actuator............................................................................................................2664
Water Hose....................................................................................................................................2664
Vacuum Hose...................................................................................................................................2664
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2664
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST...................................................................................................................2665
Component.............................................................................................................................................2665
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2665
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2665
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2667
Surface Distortion............................................................................................................................2667
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2667
Exhaust Manifold Gasket.......................................................................................................................2667
Exhaust Manifold..............................................................................................................................2667
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor and Heated Oxygen Sensor................................................................................................2668
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER..................................................................................................................................2669
Component.............................................................................................................................................2669
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2669
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2669
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2671
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2671
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2672
IGNITION COIL.............................................................................................................................................2673
Component.............................................................................................................................................2673
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2673
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2673
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2673
SPARK PLUG (PLATINUM-TIPPED TYPE).........................................................................................................................2674
Component.............................................................................................................................................2674
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2674
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2674
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2674
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2675
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE...............................................................................................................................2676
Component.............................................................................................................................................2676
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2676
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2676
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2678
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2680
Check on Fuel Leakage.........................................................................................................................2680
ROCKER COVER..............................................................................................................................................2682
Component.............................................................................................................................................2682
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2682
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2682
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2683
TIMING CHAIN..............................................................................................................................................2685
Component.............................................................................................................................................2685
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2686
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2686
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2689
Timing Chain..................................................................................................................................2689
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2690
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2696
Inspection for Leaks..........................................................................................................................2696
CAMSHAFT..................................................................................................................................................2697
Component.............................................................................................................................................2697
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2697
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2697
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2698
Camshaft Runout...............................................................................................................................2698
Camshaft Cam Height...........................................................................................................................2698
Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance................................................................................................................2699
Camshaft End Play.............................................................................................................................2699
Camshaft Sprocket Runout......................................................................................................................2700
Valve Lifter..................................................................................................................................2700
Valve Lifter Clearance........................................................................................................................2700
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2701
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2703
Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove..............................................................................................2703
Valve Clearance.......................................................................................................................................2704
INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................2704
ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................................................2706
OIL SEAL..................................................................................................................................................2708
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal............................................................................................................2708
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2708
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2708
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal............................................................................................................2708
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2708
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2709
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal.............................................................................................................2710
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2710
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2710
CYLINDER HEAD.............................................................................................................................................2712
On-Vehicle Service....................................................................................................................................2712
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE.....................................................................................................................2712
Component.............................................................................................................................................2713
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2713
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2713
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2714
Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter............................................................................................................2714
Cylinder Head Distortion......................................................................................................................2714
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2714
Disassembly and Assembly..............................................................................................................................2715
COMPONENTS........................................................................................................................................2715
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................2716
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................2717
Inspection After Disassembly..........................................................................................................................2718
VALVE DIMENSIONS..................................................................................................................................2718
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE.............................................................................................................................2718
Valve Stem Diameter...........................................................................................................................2718
Valve Guide Inner Diameter....................................................................................................................2719
Valve Guide Clearance.........................................................................................................................2719
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT...........................................................................................................................2719
VALVE SEAT CONTACT................................................................................................................................2720
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT............................................................................................................................2721
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS...........................................................................................................................2721
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD............................................................................................2722
ENGINE ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................2723
Component.............................................................................................................................................2723
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2723
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2723
Outline.......................................................................................................................................2723
Preparation...................................................................................................................................2723
Engine Room LH................................................................................................................................2724
Engine Room RH................................................................................................................................2724
Vehicle Underbody.............................................................................................................................2724
Removal Work..................................................................................................................................2725
Separation Work...............................................................................................................................2725
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2726
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................2726
Inspection for Leaks..........................................................................................................................2726
CYLINDER BLOCK............................................................................................................................................2727
Component.............................................................................................................................................2727
Disassembly and Assembly..............................................................................................................................2728
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................2728
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................2731
How to Select Piston and Bearing......................................................................................................................2736
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................2736
HOW TO SELECT PISTON..............................................................................................................................2737
When New Cylinder Block is Used:..............................................................................................................2737
When Cylinder Block is Reused:................................................................................................................2737
Piston Selection Table........................................................................................................................2737
HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEARING..............................................................................................................2738
When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used:..............................................................................................2738
When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused:................................................................................................2738
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table........................................................................................................2738
Under Size Bearings Usage Guide...............................................................................................................2738
HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING........................................................................................................................2739
When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used:..............................................................................................2739
When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused:................................................................................................2739
Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 1 and 5 Journal)............................................................................................2740
Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 2, 3 and 4 Journal).........................................................................................2741
Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals).......................................................................................................2741
Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide.............................................................................................................2742
Inspection After Disassembly..........................................................................................................................2742
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY...............................................................................................................................2742
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE.....................................................................................................................2743
PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE................................................................................................................2743
Piston Pin Hole Diameter......................................................................................................................2743
Piston Pin Outer Diameter.....................................................................................................................2743
Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance............................................................................................................2743
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................2743
PISTON RING END GAP...............................................................................................................................2744
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION...................................................................................................................2744
CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER...................................................................................................................2745
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE..............................................................................................................2745
Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter.........................................................................................................2745
Piston Pin Outer Diameter.....................................................................................................................2745
Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance..........................................................................................................2745
CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION.........................................................................................................................2746
MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER...............................................................................................................2746
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE.................................................................................................................2746
Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter..................................................................................................................2746
Piston Skirt Diameter.........................................................................................................................2747
Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance.............................................................................................................2747
Re-boring Cylinder Bore.......................................................................................................................2748
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER..................................................................................................................2748
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER...................................................................................................................2748
CRANKSHAFT OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER.................................................................................................................2748
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT.................................................................................................................................2749
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..............................................................................................................2749
Method by Calculation.........................................................................................................................2749
Method of Using Plastigage....................................................................................................................2749
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................2749
Method by Calculation.........................................................................................................................2749
Method of Using Plastigage....................................................................................................................2750
CRUSH HEIGHT OF MAIN BEARING......................................................................................................................2750
CRUSH HEIGHT OF CONNECTING ROD BEARING............................................................................................................2750
DRIVE PLATE.......................................................................................................................................2751
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................2752
Standard and Limit....................................................................................................................................2752
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................................................................2752
DRIVE BELTS.......................................................................................................................................2752
INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD..............................................................................................................2752
SPARK PLUG........................................................................................................................................2753
CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING.....................................................................................................................2753
Valve Lifter..................................................................................................................................2753
Valve Clearance...............................................................................................................................2753
Available Valve Lifter........................................................................................................................2754
CYLINDER HEAD.....................................................................................................................................2755
Valve Dimensions..............................................................................................................................2755
Valve Guide...................................................................................................................................2756
Valve Seat....................................................................................................................................2756
Valve Spring..................................................................................................................................2757
CYLINDER BLOCK....................................................................................................................................2757
PISTON, PISTON RING AND PISTON PIN................................................................................................................2758
Available Piston..............................................................................................................................2758
Piston Ring...................................................................................................................................2758
Piston Pin....................................................................................................................................2759
CONNECTING ROD....................................................................................................................................2759
CRANKSHAFT........................................................................................................................................2759
MAIN BEARING......................................................................................................................................2761
Undersize.....................................................................................................................................2762
Main Bearing Oil Clearance....................................................................................................................2762
CONNECTING ROD BEARING............................................................................................................................2762
Undersize.....................................................................................................................................2762
Connecting Rod Bearing Oil Clearance..........................................................................................................2762
ex........................................................................................................................................................................2763
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................2763
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................2764
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2764
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................2764
EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................2765
Checking Exhaust System...................................................................................................................................2765
Component.................................................................................................................................................2765
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2766
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2766
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2766
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2767
fax.......................................................................................................................................................................2768
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................2768
2WD...............................................................................................................................................................2769
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................2769
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................2769
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................2769
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................2769
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING......................................................................................................2770
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.............................................................................................................................2770
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...............................................................................................................................2771
On-Vehicle Inspection.................................................................................................................................2771
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................2771
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2771
COMPONENTS........................................................................................................................................2771
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2771
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2772
Ball Joint Inspection ........................................................................................................................2772
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2772
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................2773
Wheel Bearing.........................................................................................................................................2773
AWD...............................................................................................................................................................2774
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................2774
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................2774
Caution...............................................................................................................................................2774
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................2775
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................2775
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................2776
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING......................................................................................................2777
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.............................................................................................................................2777
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...............................................................................................................................2778
On-Vehicle Inspection.................................................................................................................................2778
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................2778
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................2778
COMPONENTS........................................................................................................................................2778
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2778
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2779
Ball Joint Inspection.........................................................................................................................2779
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2779
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT.........................................................................................................................................2780
On-Vehicle Inspection.................................................................................................................................2780
DRIVE SHAFT BOOT REPLACEMENT......................................................................................................................2780
Removal and Installation (Left Side)..................................................................................................................2782
COMPONENTS........................................................................................................................................2782
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2782
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2783
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2783
Removal and Installation (Right Side).................................................................................................................2783
COMPONENTS........................................................................................................................................2783
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2784
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................2784
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2784
Disassembly and Assembly (Left Side)..................................................................................................................2785
COMPONENTS........................................................................................................................................2785
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................2785
Front Final Drive Assembly Side...............................................................................................................2785
Wheel Side....................................................................................................................................2786
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................2786
Shaft.........................................................................................................................................2786
Joint Sub-Assembly............................................................................................................................2786
Slide Joint Side..............................................................................................................................2786
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................2787
Front Final Drive Assembly Side...............................................................................................................2787
Wheel Side....................................................................................................................................2788
Disassembly and Assembly (Right Side).................................................................................................................2788
COMPONENTS........................................................................................................................................2788
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................2789
Front Final Drive Assembly Side...............................................................................................................2789
Wheel Side....................................................................................................................................2790
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................2790
Shaft.........................................................................................................................................2790
Joint Sub-Assembly............................................................................................................................2790
Slide Joint Side..............................................................................................................................2790
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................2790
Front Final Drive Assembly Side...............................................................................................................2790
Wheel Side....................................................................................................................................2792
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................2793
Wheel Bearing.........................................................................................................................................2793
Drive Shaft...........................................................................................................................................2793
ffd.......................................................................................................................................................................2794
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................2794
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................2795
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2795
Service Notice or Precaution..............................................................................................................................2795
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2796
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................2796
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................2798
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2799
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2799
DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................2800
Cross-Sectional View......................................................................................................................................2800
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL.........................................................................................................................................2801
Changing Differential Gear Oil............................................................................................................................2801
DRAINING..............................................................................................................................................2801
FILLING...............................................................................................................................................2801
Checking Differential Gear Oil............................................................................................................................2801
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................2801
FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................................2802
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2802
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2802
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2803
SIDE OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................2805
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2805
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2805
Right Side:.......................................................................................................................................2805
Left Side:........................................................................................................................................2805
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2805
Right Side:.......................................................................................................................................2805
Left Side:........................................................................................................................................2805
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2807
Removal and Installation (VQ35DE Models)..................................................................................................................2807
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................2807
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2807
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2807
Removal and Installation (VK45DE Models)..................................................................................................................2808
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................2808
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2809
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2809
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................2810
COMPONENTS (VQ35DE MODELS)............................................................................................................................2810
COMPONENTS (VK45DE MODELS)............................................................................................................................2812
ASSEMBLY INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................2813
Total Preload Torque..............................................................................................................................2813
Drive Gear Runout.................................................................................................................................2814
Tooth Contact.....................................................................................................................................2814
Backlash..........................................................................................................................................2816
Companion Flange Runout...........................................................................................................................2816
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................2817
Side Shaft Assembly...............................................................................................................................2817
Differential Assembly.............................................................................................................................2817
Drive Pinion Assembly.............................................................................................................................2820
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................2821
ADJUSTMENT AND SELECTION OF ADJUSTING WASHERS (SHIMS).................................................................................................2821
Differential Side Gear Clearance..................................................................................................................2822
Side Bearing Preload..............................................................................................................................2822
Pinion Gear Height................................................................................................................................2824
Pinion Bearing Preload............................................................................................................................2824
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................2825
Drive Pinion Assembly.............................................................................................................................2825
Differential Assembly.............................................................................................................................2827
Side Shaft Assembly...............................................................................................................................2831
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2832
General Specification.....................................................................................................................................2832
Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................2832
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.....................................................................................................................................2832
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE......................................................................................................................2832
PRELOAD TORQUE........................................................................................................................................2832
BACKLASH..............................................................................................................................................2832
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...............................................................................................................................2832
SELECTIVE PARTS.......................................................................................................................................2832
Side Gear Thrust Washer...........................................................................................................................2832
Pinion Height Adjusting Washer....................................................................................................................2833
Drive Pinion Bearing Adjusting Washer.............................................................................................................2833
Drive Pinion Adjusting Washer.....................................................................................................................2833
Side Bearing Adjusting Shim.......................................................................................................................2833
Side Bearing Adjusting Washer.....................................................................................................................2833
fl........................................................................................................................................................................2835
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................2835
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................2836
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2836
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................2836
FUEL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................2837
Checking Fuel Line........................................................................................................................................2837
General Precaution........................................................................................................................................2837
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................2838
Component.................................................................................................................................................2838
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2838
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2838
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2840
Main and Sub Fuel Level Sensor Unit...............................................................................................................2840
Quick Connector...................................................................................................................................2841
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2841
Component.................................................................................................................................................2842
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................2842
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................2842
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................2843
FUEL TANK.....................................................................................................................................................2844
Component.................................................................................................................................................2844
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2844
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2844
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2845
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2845
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2846
Standard and Limit........................................................................................................................................2846
FUEL TANK.............................................................................................................................................2846
fsu.......................................................................................................................................................................2847
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................2847
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................2848
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2848
Caution...................................................................................................................................................2848
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2849
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................2849
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................2849
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2850
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2850
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2851
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service.........................................................................................................................2851
INSPECTION LOWER BALL JOINT END PLAY..................................................................................................................2851
STRUT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................2851
Wheel Alignment Inspection................................................................................................................................2851
DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2851
PRELIMINARY CHECK.....................................................................................................................................2851
GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS...............................................................................................................2851
THE ALIGNMENT PROCESS.................................................................................................................................2851
INSPECTION OF CAMBER, CASTER AND KINGPIN INCLINATION ANGLES...........................................................................................2852
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2852
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................2852
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2854
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2855
COIL SPRING AND STRUT.........................................................................................................................................2856
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2856
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2856
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2856
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................2857
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................2857
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................2857
Strut Inspection..................................................................................................................................2857
Mounting Insulator and Rubber Parts Inspection....................................................................................................2857
Coil Spring Inspection............................................................................................................................2857
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................2857
TRANSVERSE LINK...............................................................................................................................................2859
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2859
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2859
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................2859
Visual Inspection.................................................................................................................................2859
Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................2859
Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................2859
Rotating Torque Inspection........................................................................................................................2859
Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................2860
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2860
STABILIZER BAR................................................................................................................................................2861
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2861
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2861
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................2861
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2861
FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER.......................................................................................................................................2862
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2862
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2862
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................2862
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2862
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2863
Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)................................................................................................................................2863
Ball Joint................................................................................................................................................2863
Wheelarch Height (Unladen*)...............................................................................................................................2863
gi........................................................................................................................................................................2865
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................2865
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................2866
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2866
Description...............................................................................................................................................2866
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................2866
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.................................................................................2866
OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................2866
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................2867
General Precaution........................................................................................................................................2867
Precaution for Three Way Catalyst.........................................................................................................................2868
Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline Recommended)...............................................................................................2869
VQ35DE................................................................................................................................................2869
Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline Required)..................................................................................................2869
VK45DE................................................................................................................................................2869
Precaution for Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System...................................................................................2869
Precaution for Hoses......................................................................................................................................2869
HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2869
HOSE CLAMPING.........................................................................................................................................2870
Precaution for Engine Oils................................................................................................................................2870
HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ........................................................................................................................2870
Precaution for the Environment............................................................................................................................2871
Precaution for Air Conditioning...........................................................................................................................2871
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL........................................................................................................................................2872
Description...............................................................................................................................................2872
Terms.....................................................................................................................................................2872
Units.....................................................................................................................................................2872
Contents..................................................................................................................................................2872
Component.................................................................................................................................................2872
SYMBOLS...............................................................................................................................................2873
How to Follow Trouble Diagnosis...........................................................................................................................2873
DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2873
HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES........................................................................................................2874
HARNESS WIRE COLOR AND CONNECTOR NUMBER INDICATION....................................................................................................2874
TYPE 1: Harness Wire Color and Connector Number are Shown in Illustration.........................................................................2874
TYPE 2: Harness Wire Color and Connector Number are Shown in Text.................................................................................2875
KEY TO SYMBOLS SIGNIFYING MEASUREMENTS OR PROCEDURES..................................................................................................2876
How to Read Wiring Diagram................................................................................................................................2877
CONNECTOR SYMBOLS ....................................................................................................................................2877
SAMPLE/WIRING DIAGRAM - EXAMPL - .....................................................................................................................2878
DESCRIPTION ..........................................................................................................................................2880
Harness Indication ...............................................................................................................................2881
Component Indication .............................................................................................................................2882
Switch Positions .................................................................................................................................2882
Detectable Lines and Non-Detectable Lines ........................................................................................................2882
Multiple Switch ..................................................................................................................................2883
Reference Area....................................................................................................................................2883
Abbreviations.............................................................................................................................................2884
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT...................................................................................................................2886
How to Check Terminal.....................................................................................................................................2886
CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT........................................................................................................................2886
HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS...............................................................................................................................2886
Probing from Harness Side ........................................................................................................................2886
Probing from Terminal Side .......................................................................................................................2886
How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal .................................................................................................2887
Waterproof Connector Inspection ..................................................................................................................2888
Terminal Lock Inspection .........................................................................................................................2888
How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident.............................................................................................2889
WORK FLOW.............................................................................................................................................2889
INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS ............................................................................................................................2889
Introduction .....................................................................................................................................2889
Vehicle Vibration ................................................................................................................................2890
Heat Sensitive ...................................................................................................................................2890
Freezing .........................................................................................................................................2891
Water Intrusion ..................................................................................................................................2891
Electrical Load ..................................................................................................................................2891
Cold or Hot Start Up .............................................................................................................................2891
CIRCUIT INSPECTION ...................................................................................................................................2891
Introduction .....................................................................................................................................2891
Testing for “Opens” in the Circuit ...............................................................................................................2892
Testing for “Shorts” in the Circuit ..............................................................................................................2893
Ground Inspection ................................................................................................................................2893
Voltage Drop Tests ...............................................................................................................................2894
Control Unit Circuit Test ........................................................................................................................2895
Control Units and Electrical Parts........................................................................................................................2896
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................2896
CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................2898
Description...............................................................................................................................................2898
CONSULT-III Function and System Application*1.............................................................................................................2898
CONSULT-III/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit.........................................................................................................2899
INSPECTION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................2899
Wiring Diagram - CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM -........................................................................................................2900
LIFTING POINT.................................................................................................................................................2901
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................2901
Garage Jack and Safety Stand..............................................................................................................................2901
2-Pole Lift...............................................................................................................................................2902
Board-On Lift.............................................................................................................................................2902
TOW TRUCK TOWING..............................................................................................................................................2904
Tow Truck Towing..........................................................................................................................................2904
2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................2904
AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................2905
Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)................................................................................................................2905
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION................................................................................................................................2905
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS...........................................................................................................................2907
Tightening Torque Table...................................................................................................................................2907
RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS....................................................................................................................2908
Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant..................................................................................................................2908
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION....................................................................................................................................2909
Model Variation...........................................................................................................................................2909
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.................................................................................................................................2909
IDENTIFICATION PLATE .................................................................................................................................2910
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER .................................................................................................................................2910
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION NUMBER ........................................................................................................................2911
Dimensions................................................................................................................................................2911
Wheels & Tires............................................................................................................................................2911
TERMINOLOGY...................................................................................................................................................2912
SAE J1930 Terminology List................................................................................................................................2912
gw........................................................................................................................................................................2916
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................2916
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................2918
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2918
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................2918
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................2918
Handling for Adhesive and Primer..........................................................................................................................2918
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2919
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................2919
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................2919
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...........................................................................................................................2920
Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2920
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW....................................................................................................................................2920
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE....................................................................................................................2920
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS.......................................................................................................................2921
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..........................................................................................................2921
REPAIR THE CAUSE......................................................................................................................................2921
CONFIRM THE REPAIR....................................................................................................................................2922
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................2922
INSTRUMENT PANEL......................................................................................................................................2922
CENTER CONSOLE........................................................................................................................................2922
DOORS.................................................................................................................................................2922
TRUNK.................................................................................................................................................2922
SUNROOF/HEADLINING....................................................................................................................................2923
SEATS.................................................................................................................................................2923
UNDERHOOD.............................................................................................................................................2923
Diagnostic Worksheet......................................................................................................................................2924
WINDSHIELD GLASS..............................................................................................................................................2926
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2926
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2926
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2927
Repairing Water Leakage for Windshield............................................................................................................2927
BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS........................................................................................................................................2928
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2928
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2928
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2929
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................2930
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................2930
System Description........................................................................................................................................2930
MANUAL OPERATION......................................................................................................................................2931
Front Driver Side Door............................................................................................................................2931
Front Passenger Side Door ........................................................................................................................2931
Rear Door (LH or RH)..............................................................................................................................2932
AUTO OPERATION........................................................................................................................................2932
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK..............................................................................................................................2933
POWER WINDOW LOCK.....................................................................................................................................2933
RETAINED POWER OPERATION..............................................................................................................................2933
ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................2933
POWER WINDOW CONTROL BY THE KEY CYLINDER SWITCH.......................................................................................................2933
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................2933
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................2934
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................2934
Wiring Diagram - WINDOW -.................................................................................................................................2935
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................2938
Terminal and Reference Value for Power Window Main Switch.................................................................................................2939
Terminal and Reference Value for Front Power Window Switch (Passenger Side)...............................................................................2940
CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................2941
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2941
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................2941
DATE MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2941
Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2942
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart...........................................................................................................................2942
Check BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit.................................................................................................................2943
Check Power Window Main Switch Power Supply Circuit.......................................................................................................2943
Check Front Power Window Switch (Passenger Side) Power Supply and Ground Circuit..........................................................................2945
Check Front Power Window Motor (Driver Side) Circuit......................................................................................................2945
Check Front Power Window Motor (Passenger Side) Circuit...................................................................................................2946
Check rear Power Window Motor (LH) Circuit................................................................................................................2947
Check Rear Power Window Motor (RH) Circuit................................................................................................................2949
Check Limit Switch Circuit (Driver Side)..................................................................................................................2951
Check Limit Switch Circuit (Passenger Side)...............................................................................................................2952
Check Encoder Circuit (Driver Side).......................................................................................................................2954
Check Encoder Circuit (Passenger Side)....................................................................................................................2955
Check Door Switch.........................................................................................................................................2957
Check Front Door Key Cylinder Switch......................................................................................................................2958
Check Power Window Serial Link (Passenger Side)...........................................................................................................2960
Check Power Window Lock Switch............................................................................................................................2961
SIDE WINDOW GLASS.............................................................................................................................................2963
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2963
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2963
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2963
Repairing Water Leakage for side window glass.....................................................................................................2964
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR................................................................................................................................2965
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2965
DOOR GLASS............................................................................................................................................2965
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2965
Installation......................................................................................................................................2966
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2966
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2966
Installation......................................................................................................................................2966
Inspection after Removal..........................................................................................................................2967
Disassembly and assembly..................................................................................................................................2967
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2967
Disassembly ......................................................................................................................................2967
Assembly..........................................................................................................................................2967
Inspection after Installation.............................................................................................................................2967
SETTING OF LIMIT SWITCH...............................................................................................................................2967
Setting of Limit Switch...........................................................................................................................2967
Resetting.........................................................................................................................................2967
FITTING INSPECTION....................................................................................................................................2967
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR.................................................................................................................................2969
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2969
DOOR GLASS............................................................................................................................................2969
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2969
Installation......................................................................................................................................2970
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2970
Removal...........................................................................................................................................2970
Installation......................................................................................................................................2971
Inspection after Removal..........................................................................................................................2971
Disassembly and assembly..................................................................................................................................2971
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2971
Disassembly ......................................................................................................................................2971
Assembly..........................................................................................................................................2971
Fitting Inspection........................................................................................................................................2971
INSIDE MIRROR.................................................................................................................................................2972
Wiring Diagram - I/MIRR -.................................................................................................................................2972
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2973
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2973
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2973
COMPASS...............................................................................................................................................2973
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER..........................................................................................................................................2975
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................2975
System Description........................................................................................................................................2975
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................2976
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................2976
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................2977
Wiring Diagram - DEF -....................................................................................................................................2978
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................2982
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R.................................................................................................................2982
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)................................................................................................................................2982
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2982
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2982
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)...........................................................................................................................2983
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2983
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2983
Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2983
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart...........................................................................................................................2983
Check BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit.................................................................................................................2984
Check Rear Window Defogger Switch Circuit.................................................................................................................2984
Check rear Window Defogger Power Supply Circuit...........................................................................................................2985
Check Rear Window Defogger Circuit........................................................................................................................2987
Check Door Mirror Defogger Power Supply Circuit...........................................................................................................2988
Check Driver Side Door Mirror Defogger Circuit............................................................................................................2990
Check Passenger Side Door Mirror Defogger Circuit.........................................................................................................2990
Check Rear Window Defogger Signal.........................................................................................................................2991
Check Filament............................................................................................................................................2992
Filament Repair...........................................................................................................................................2992
REPAIR EQUIPMENT......................................................................................................................................2992
REPAIRING PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................2993
DOOR MIRROR...................................................................................................................................................2994
Wiring Diagram - MIRROR - (Without Electric Foldable Door Mirror).........................................................................................2994
Schematic (With Electric Foldable Door Mirror)............................................................................................................2996
Wiring Diagram - MIRROR - (With Electric Foldable Door Mirror)............................................................................................2997
Trouble Diagnosis.........................................................................................................................................3001
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3002
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3002
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3002
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3002
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3002
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3003
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
ip........................................................................................................................................................................3004
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3004
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3005
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3005
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3005
Precaution................................................................................................................................................3005
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3006
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3006
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3006
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...........................................................................................................................3007
Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................3007
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW....................................................................................................................................3007
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE....................................................................................................................3007
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS.......................................................................................................................3008
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..........................................................................................................3008
REPAIR THE CAUSE......................................................................................................................................3008
CONFIRM THE REPAIR....................................................................................................................................3009
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................3009
INSTRUMENT PANEL......................................................................................................................................3009
CENTER CONSOLE........................................................................................................................................3009
DOORS.................................................................................................................................................3009
TRUNK.................................................................................................................................................3009
SUNROOF/HEADLINING....................................................................................................................................3010
SEATS.................................................................................................................................................3010
UNDERHOOD.............................................................................................................................................3010
Diagnostic Worksheet......................................................................................................................................3011
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................3013
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3013
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3014
WORK STEP.............................................................................................................................................3014
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3015
(A) Front Kicking Plate (RH/LH)...................................................................................................................3015
(B) Dash Side Finisher (RH/LH)....................................................................................................................3015
(C) Front Pillar Garnish (RH/LH)..................................................................................................................3015
(D) A/T Select Lever Knob ........................................................................................................................3015
(E) Instrument Clock Finisher.....................................................................................................................3015
(F) A/T Console Finisher..........................................................................................................................3015
(G) Instrument Side Panel (RH/LH).................................................................................................................3016
(H) Center Console................................................................................................................................3016
(I) Instrument Lower Cover........................................................................................................................3016
(J) Instrument Passenger Lower Panel .............................................................................................................3016
(K) Instrument Driver Lower Panel.................................................................................................................3016
(L) Steering Column Front Lower Cover ............................................................................................................3017
(M) Steering Column Lower Cover ..................................................................................................................3017
(N) Steering Column Upper Cover...................................................................................................................3017
(O) Wiper and Washer Switch.......................................................................................................................3017
(P) Lighting and Turn Signal Switch...............................................................................................................3017
(Q) Steering Lock Escutcheon .....................................................................................................................3017
(R) Combination Meter Assembly....................................................................................................................3017
(S) Cluster Lid C.................................................................................................................................3018
(T) Display Unit and Audio Unit...................................................................................................................3018
(U) Front Defroster Grille (RH/LH)................................................................................................................3018
(V) Combination Meter Bracket.....................................................................................................................3018
(W) Side Ventilation (RH/LH)......................................................................................................................3019
(X) Instrument Panel and Pad......................................................................................................................3019
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3019
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3019
A/T CONSOLE FINISHER..................................................................................................................................3019
Disassembly.......................................................................................................................................3020
Assembly..........................................................................................................................................3020
CENTER CONSOLE........................................................................................................................................3020
Disassembly.......................................................................................................................................3021
Assembly..........................................................................................................................................3021
INSTRUMENT PASSENGER LOWER PANEL......................................................................................................................3021
Disassembly.......................................................................................................................................3022
Assembly..........................................................................................................................................3022
lan.......................................................................................................................................................................3023
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3023
CAN FUNDAMENTAL...................................................................................................................................................3025
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................3025
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................3025
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis......................................................................................................................3025
Precaution for Harness Repair.........................................................................................................................3025
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................3026
CAN Communication System..............................................................................................................................3026
SYSTEM DIAGRAM....................................................................................................................................3026
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................3027
Diag on CAN...........................................................................................................................................3027
DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................3027
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................3028
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3029
Condition of Error Detection..........................................................................................................................3029
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERROR....................................................................................................................3029
WHEN “U1000” OR “U1001” IS INDICATED EVEN THOUGH CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IS NORMAL...............................................................3029
Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System.................................................................................................3029
ERROR EXAMPLE.....................................................................................................................................3029
Example: TCM branch line open circuit.........................................................................................................3029
Example: Data link connector branch line open circuit.........................................................................................3030
Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit.................................3031
Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short Circuit...................................................................................................3031
Self-Diagnosis........................................................................................................................................3032
CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor........................................................................................................................3032
MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT-III)........................................................................................................................3032
Without PAST..................................................................................................................................3033
With PAST.....................................................................................................................................3033
MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS).................................................................................................................3033
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES WORK FLOW...............................................................................................................................3035
Information Needed for Trouble Diagnosis..............................................................................................................3035
How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart.............................................................................................................3035
Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart..........................................................................................................................3036
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3036
INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMER...........................................................................................................................3036
INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITION...................................................................................................................3037
CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART).........................................................................3037
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A).................................................................................................3037
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B).................................................................................................3038
CREATE INTERVIEW SHEET............................................................................................................................3039
Interview Sheet (Example).....................................................................................................................3040
COLLECT DATA......................................................................................................................................3040
Collect CONSULT-III Data......................................................................................................................3040
Create On-board Diagnosis Copy Sheet..........................................................................................................3041
CREATE DIAGNOSIS SHEET............................................................................................................................3042
Print Diagnosis Sheet.........................................................................................................................3042
Check Collected Data..........................................................................................................................3042
DETECT THE ROOT CAUSE.............................................................................................................................3043
Present Error - Open Circuit -................................................................................................................3043
Present Error - Short Circuit -...............................................................................................................3049
Past Error - Open Circuit -...................................................................................................................3050
Past Error - Short Circuit -..................................................................................................................3056
CAN...............................................................................................................................................................3058
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................3058
INDEX FOR DTC.............................................................................................................................................3058
DTC No. Index.........................................................................................................................................3058
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION...................................................................................................................................3059
Caution...............................................................................................................................................3059
Abbreviation List.....................................................................................................................................3059
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................3060
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"............................................................3060
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis......................................................................................................................3060
Precaution for Harness Repair.........................................................................................................................3060
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3061
CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor........................................................................................................................3061
MONITOR ITEM LIST (CONSULT-III)...................................................................................................................3061
ECM...........................................................................................................................................3061
AWD Control Unit..............................................................................................................................3061
ICC Unit......................................................................................................................................3061
TCM...........................................................................................................................................3062
BCM...........................................................................................................................................3062
Intelligent Key Unit..........................................................................................................................3062
LDW Camera Unit...............................................................................................................................3063
Unified Meter and A/C Amp.....................................................................................................................3063
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit).................................................................................................3063
Driver Seat Control Unit......................................................................................................................3064
IPDM E/R......................................................................................................................................3064
MONITOR ITEM LIST (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS)............................................................................................................3064
Display Control Unit..........................................................................................................................3064
CAN System Specification Chart........................................................................................................................3065
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION......................................................................................................3065
CAN Communication Signal Chart........................................................................................................................3066
TYPE 1/TYPE 2.....................................................................................................................................3066
TYPE 3............................................................................................................................................3068
TYPE 4/TYPE 5/TYPE 7..............................................................................................................................3071
TYPE 6/TYPE 8.....................................................................................................................................3073
Schematic.............................................................................................................................................3076
Wiring Diagram - CAN -................................................................................................................................3077
Interview Sheet.......................................................................................................................................3080
Data Sheet............................................................................................................................................3080
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS COPY SHEET.....................................................................................................................3080
CAN System (Type 1)...................................................................................................................................3082
DIAGNOSIS SHEET...................................................................................................................................3082
CAN System (Type 2)...................................................................................................................................3083
DIAGNOSIS SHEET...................................................................................................................................3083
CAN System (Type 3)...................................................................................................................................3084
DIAGNOSIS SHEET...................................................................................................................................3084
CAN System (Type 4)...................................................................................................................................3085
DIAGNOSIS SHEET...................................................................................................................................3085
CAN System (Type 5)...................................................................................................................................3086
DIAGNOSIS SHEET...................................................................................................................................3086
CAN System (Type 6)...................................................................................................................................3087
DIAGNOSIS SHEET...................................................................................................................................3087
CAN System (Type 7)...................................................................................................................................3088
DIAGNOSIS SHEET...................................................................................................................................3088
CAN system (Type 8)...................................................................................................................................3089
DIAGNOSIS SHEET...................................................................................................................................3089
Component Parts Location..............................................................................................................................3090
Harness Layout........................................................................................................................................3090
Malfunction Area Chart................................................................................................................................3090
MAIN LINE.........................................................................................................................................3090
BRANCH LINE.......................................................................................................................................3090
SHORT CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................3091
Main Line Between TCM and Data Link Connector.........................................................................................................3091
Main Line Between Data Link Connector and Unified Meter and A/C Amp...................................................................................3091
Main Line Between Unified Meter and A/C Amp. and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)........................................................3092
Main Line Between ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) and Driver Seat Control Unit..........................................................3093
ECM Branch Line Circuit...............................................................................................................................3094
AWD Control Unit Branch Line Circuit..................................................................................................................3094
Display Control Unit Branch Line Circuit..............................................................................................................3095
ICC Unit Branch Line Circuit..........................................................................................................................3096
TCM Branch Line Circuit...............................................................................................................................3096
BCM Branch Line Circuit...............................................................................................................................3097
Data Link Connector Branch Line Circuit...............................................................................................................3097
Intelligent Key Unit Branch Line Circuit..............................................................................................................3098
LDW Camera Unit Branch Line Circuit...................................................................................................................3098
Steering Angle Sensor Branch Line Circuit.............................................................................................................3099
Unified Meter and A/C Amp. Branch Line Circuit........................................................................................................3100
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Branch Line Circuit.....................................................................................3100
ICC Sensor Branch Line Circuit........................................................................................................................3101
Driver Seat Control Unit Branch Line Circuit..........................................................................................................3101
IPDM E/R Branch Line Circuit..........................................................................................................................3102
CAN Communication Circuit.............................................................................................................................3103
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.................................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)..................................................................................................................................... 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................. 77
lt........................................................................................................................................................................3105
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3105
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3108
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................................................................................................................3108
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3108
General Precaution for Service Operation..................................................................................................................3108
HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -.......................................................................................................................................3109
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3109
System Description........................................................................................................................................3109
OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................3109
HEADLAMP OPERATION....................................................................................................................................3110
Low Beam Operation................................................................................................................................3110
High Beam Operation/Flash-to-Pass Operation.......................................................................................................3110
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3110
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL...................................................................................................................3110
AUTO LIGHT OPERATION (IF EQUIPPED)....................................................................................................................3111
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................3111
XENON HEADLAMP........................................................................................................................................3111
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3111
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3111
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3112
Wiring Diagram - H/LAMP -.................................................................................................................................3113
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3116
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R.................................................................................................................3118
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................3118
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3119
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................3119
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3120
CONSULT-III BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................3120
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................3120
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3120
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3120
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3120
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3121
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3121
CONSULT-III Functions (IPDM E/R)..........................................................................................................................3121
CONSULT-III BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................3121
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3121
All Signals, Main Signals, Selection From Menu....................................................................................................3121
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3122
Headlamp Does Not Change To High Beam (Both Sides)........................................................................................................3122
Headlamp Does Not Change To High Beam (One Side)..........................................................................................................3124
Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both Sides)........................................................................................................3125
Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (One Side)..........................................................................................................3127
Headlamp RH Low Beam and High Beam Does Not Illuminate....................................................................................................3128
Headlamp LH Low Beam and High Beam Does Not Illuminate....................................................................................................3129
Headlamps Does Not Turn OFF...............................................................................................................................3130
General Information for Xenon Headlamp Trouble Diagnosis..................................................................................................3130
Caution:..................................................................................................................................................3130
Xenon Headlamp Trouble Diagnosis..........................................................................................................................3131
Aiming Adjustment.........................................................................................................................................3131
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..........................................................................................................................3131
LOW BEAM AND HIGH BEAM................................................................................................................................3131
ADJUSTMENT USING AN ADJUSTMENT SCREEN (LIGHT/DARK BORDERLINE).........................................................................................3132
Bulb Replacement..........................................................................................................................................3132
HEADLAMP HIGH/LOW BEAM ...............................................................................................................................3132
DAYTIME/PARKING LAMP..................................................................................................................................3133
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP................................................................................................................................3133
FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP................................................................................................................................3133
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3134
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3134
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3134
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3134
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3134
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3135
DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................3136
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3136
System Description........................................................................................................................................3136
OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................3136
DAYTIME LIGHT OPERATION...............................................................................................................................3137
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3137
AUTO LIGHT OPERATION..................................................................................................................................3137
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3137
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3137
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3138
Wiring Diagram - DTRL -...................................................................................................................................3139
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3142
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................3145
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3145
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................3145
INSPECTION PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................3146
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3147
CONSULT-III BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................3147
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3147
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3147
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3148
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3148
Daytime Light Control Does Not Operate Properly...........................................................................................................3148
Aiming Adjustment.........................................................................................................................................3150
Bulb Replacement..........................................................................................................................................3150
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3150
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3150
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................3151
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3151
System Description........................................................................................................................................3151
OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................3151
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3152
DELAY TIMER FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................3152
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3152
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3152
Major Component and Functions.............................................................................................................................3152
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3153
Wiring Diagram - AUTO/L -.................................................................................................................................3154
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3156
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R.................................................................................................................3158
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................3158
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3159
SETTING CHANGE FUNCTIONS..............................................................................................................................3159
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................3159
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3160
CONSULT-III BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................3160
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................3160
Work Support Setting Item.........................................................................................................................3160
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3160
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3160
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3161
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3161
CONSULT-III Functions (IPDM E/R)..........................................................................................................................3161
CONSULT-III BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................3161
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3162
All Signals, Main Signals, Selection From Menu....................................................................................................3162
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3162
Symptom Chart.............................................................................................................................................3162
Lighting Switch Inspection................................................................................................................................3162
Optical sensor System Inspection..........................................................................................................................3163
Removal and Installation of Optical Sensor................................................................................................................3164
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3164
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3164
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL.......................................................................................................................................3165
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3165
Wiring Diagram - H/AIM -..................................................................................................................................3166
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3168
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3168
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3169
Switch Circuit Inspection.................................................................................................................................3169
FRONT FOG LAMP................................................................................................................................................3170
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3170
System Description........................................................................................................................................3170
OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................3170
FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION..............................................................................................................................3171
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3171
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL...................................................................................................................3171
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3171
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3171
Wiring Diagram - F/FOG -..................................................................................................................................3172
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3173
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R.................................................................................................................3174
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................3175
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3175
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................3175
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3176
CONSULT-III Functions (IPDM E/R)..........................................................................................................................3176
Front Fog Lamps Do Not Illuminate (Both Sides)............................................................................................................3176
Front Fog Lamp Does Not Illuminate (One Side).............................................................................................................3178
Aiming Adjustment.........................................................................................................................................3179
Bulb Replacement..........................................................................................................................................3180
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3180
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................3180
INSTALLATION .........................................................................................................................................3180
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS..........................................................................................................................3182
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3182
System Description........................................................................................................................................3182
OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................3182
TURN SIGNAL OPERATION.................................................................................................................................3182
LH Turn Signal Lamp...............................................................................................................................3182
RH Turn Signal Lamp...............................................................................................................................3183
HAZARD LAMP OPERATION.................................................................................................................................3183
REMOTE CONTROL ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION ................................................................................................................3184
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3184
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3184
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3184
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3185
Wiring Diagram - TURN -...................................................................................................................................3186
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3188
Terminal and Reference Value for Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit.......................................................................................3190
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................3192
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3192
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................3192
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3193
CONSULT-III BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................3193
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3193
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3193
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3194
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3194
Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate.........................................................................................................................3194
Rear Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate....................................................................................................................3196
Hazard Warning Lamp Does Not Operate But Turn Signal Lamp Operates........................................................................................3198
Bulb Replacement (Front Turn Signal Lamp).................................................................................................................3199
Bulb Replacement (Rear Turn Signal Lamp)..................................................................................................................3199
Removal and Installation of Front Turn Signal Lamp........................................................................................................3199
Removal and Installation of Rear Turn Signal Lamp.........................................................................................................3199
Removal and Installation of Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit............................................................................................3199
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3199
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3199
LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH...............................................................................................................................3200
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3200
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3200
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3200
HAZARD SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................3201
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3201
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3201
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3201
COMBINATION SWITCH............................................................................................................................................3202
Wiring Diagram - COMBSW -.................................................................................................................................3202
Combination Switch Reading Function.......................................................................................................................3202
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3203
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3207
CONSULT-III BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................3208
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3208
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3208
Combination Switch Inspection.............................................................................................................................3208
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3211
STOP LAMP.....................................................................................................................................................3212
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3212
System Description........................................................................................................................................3212
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3213
Wiring Diagram - STOP/L -.................................................................................................................................3214
Terminal and Reference Value for Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit.......................................................................................3216
Stop Lamp Does Not Operate................................................................................................................................3216
High-Mounted Stop Lamp....................................................................................................................................3218
BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION............................................................................................................3218
Stop Lamp.................................................................................................................................................3219
BULB REPLACEMENT .....................................................................................................................................3219
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................................3219
Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit........................................................................................................................3219
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3219
BACK-UP LAMP..................................................................................................................................................3220
Wiring Diagram - BACK/L -.................................................................................................................................3220
Bulb Replacement..........................................................................................................................................3221
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3221
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS.........................................................................................................................3222
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3222
System Description........................................................................................................................................3222
OUT LINE..............................................................................................................................................3222
OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH..........................................................................................................................3223
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3224
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL...................................................................................................................3224
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3224
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3224
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3225
Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L -.................................................................................................................................3226
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3230
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R.................................................................................................................3231
Terminal and Reference Value for Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit.......................................................................................3232
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................3232
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3232
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................3232
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3233
CONSULT-III Functions (IPDM E/R)..........................................................................................................................3233
Parking, License Plate and Side Marker Lamps Do Not Illuminate............................................................................................3233
Tail Lamp Does Not Operate................................................................................................................................3237
Parking, License Plate, Side Maker and Tail Lamps Do Not Turn OFF (After Approx. 10 Minutes)..............................................................3238
License Plate Lamp........................................................................................................................................3239
BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION............................................................................................................3239
Front Parking Lamp........................................................................................................................................3239
BULB REPLACEMENT......................................................................................................................................3239
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3239
Tail Lamp.................................................................................................................................................3239
BULB REPLACEMENT......................................................................................................................................3239
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3239
Front Side Marker Lamp....................................................................................................................................3239
BULB REPLACEMENT......................................................................................................................................3239
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3239
Rear Side Marker Lamp.....................................................................................................................................3240
BULB REPLACEMENT......................................................................................................................................3240
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3240
Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit........................................................................................................................3240
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3240
REAR COMBINATION LAMP.........................................................................................................................................3241
Bulb Replacement..........................................................................................................................................3241
REAR FENDER SIDE (REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP BULB).........................................................................................................3241
BACK DOOR SIDE (BACK-UP LAMP).........................................................................................................................3241
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3241
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3241
Rear Fender Side..................................................................................................................................3241
Back Door Side....................................................................................................................................3241
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3241
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP............................................................................................................................................3242
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3242
System Description........................................................................................................................................3242
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND...............................................................................................................................3243
SWITCH OPERATION......................................................................................................................................3244
ROOM LAMP TIMER OPERATION.............................................................................................................................3245
Without Intelligent Key System....................................................................................................................3245
With Intelligent Key System.......................................................................................................................3245
INTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL...................................................................................................................3246
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3247
Wiring Diagram - ROOM/L -.................................................................................................................................3249
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3257
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................3258
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3258
CHECK FOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................3258
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3259
CONSULT-III BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................3259
WORK SUPPORT (INT LAMP)...............................................................................................................................3259
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3259
DATA MONITOR (INT LAMP)...............................................................................................................................3259
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3259
ACTIVE TEST (INT LAMP)................................................................................................................................3260
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3260
WORK SUPPORT (BATTERY SAVER)..........................................................................................................................3260
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3260
DATA MONITOR (BATTERY SAVER)..........................................................................................................................3260
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3260
ACTIVE TEST (BATTERY SAVER)...........................................................................................................................3261
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3261
Interior Room Lamp Control Does Not Operate...............................................................................................................3261
Map Lamp Control Does Not Operate.........................................................................................................................3262
Personal Lamp Control Does Not Operate....................................................................................................................3264
Ignition Keyhole Illumination Control Does Not Operate....................................................................................................3265
All Step Lamps Do Not Operate.............................................................................................................................3266
All Interior Room Lamps Do Not Operate....................................................................................................................3268
Bulb Replacement..........................................................................................................................................3268
IGNITION KEY HOLE ILLUMINATION (without Intelligent Key)..............................................................................................3268
IGNITION KEY HOLE ILLUMINATION (with Intelligent Key).................................................................................................3268
FRONT STEP LAMP.......................................................................................................................................3269
REAR STEP LAMP........................................................................................................................................3269
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP.....................................................................................................................................3269
VANITY MIRROR LAMP....................................................................................................................................3269
MAP LAMP..............................................................................................................................................3270
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP....................................................................................................................................3270
PERSONAL LAMP.........................................................................................................................................3270
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3270
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP.....................................................................................................................................3270
Removal...........................................................................................................................................3270
Installation......................................................................................................................................3271
MAP LAMP..............................................................................................................................................3271
Removal...........................................................................................................................................3271
Installation......................................................................................................................................3271
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP....................................................................................................................................3271
Removal...........................................................................................................................................3271
Installation......................................................................................................................................3271
PERSONAL LAMP.........................................................................................................................................3271
Removal...........................................................................................................................................3271
Installation......................................................................................................................................3272
ILLUMINATION..................................................................................................................................................3273
System Description........................................................................................................................................3273
ILLUMINATION OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH.............................................................................................................3273
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL...................................................................................................................3274
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3274
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3274
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3275
Wiring Diagram - ILL -....................................................................................................................................3277
Bulb Replacement..........................................................................................................................................3285
GLOVE BOX LAMP........................................................................................................................................3285
A/T DEVICE ILLUMINATION...............................................................................................................................3286
COIN BOX ILLUMINATION.................................................................................................................................3286
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3286
ILLUMINATION CONTROL SWITCH...........................................................................................................................3286
BULB SPECIFICATIONS...........................................................................................................................................3287
Headlamp..................................................................................................................................................3287
Exterior Lamp.............................................................................................................................................3287
Interior Lamp/Illumination................................................................................................................................3287
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
lu........................................................................................................................................................................3288
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3288
VQ35DE............................................................................................................................................................3289
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................3289
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................3289
Precaution for Liquid Gasket..........................................................................................................................3289
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................3289
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................3290
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................3290
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................3290
LUBRICATION SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................3291
Lubrication Circuit...................................................................................................................................3291
System Chart..........................................................................................................................................3291
ENGINE OIL................................................................................................................................................3292
Inspection............................................................................................................................................3292
ENGINE OIL LEVEL..................................................................................................................................3292
ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE.............................................................................................................................3292
ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE................................................................................................................................3292
OIL PRESSURE CHECK................................................................................................................................3292
Changing Engine Oil...................................................................................................................................3294
OIL FILTER................................................................................................................................................3295
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................3295
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3295
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3295
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3295
OIL FILTER BRACKET (AWD)..................................................................................................................................3297
Component.............................................................................................................................................3297
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................3297
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3297
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3297
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3298
OIL COOLER................................................................................................................................................3299
Component.............................................................................................................................................3299
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................3300
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3300
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................3301
Oil Cooler....................................................................................................................................3301
Relief Valve..................................................................................................................................3301
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3301
2WD Models....................................................................................................................................3301
AWD Models....................................................................................................................................3301
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3301
OIL PUMP..................................................................................................................................................3302
Component.............................................................................................................................................3302
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................3302
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3302
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3302
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3302
Disassembly and Assembly..............................................................................................................................3302
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................3302
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................3302
Oil Pump Clearance............................................................................................................................3302
Regulator Valve Clearance.....................................................................................................................3303
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................3303
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................3305
Standard and Limit....................................................................................................................................3305
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE...............................................................................................................................3305
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).................................................................................................................3305
OIL PUMP..........................................................................................................................................3305
REGULATOR VALVE...................................................................................................................................3305
VK45DE............................................................................................................................................................3306
SERVICE INFORMATION...........................................................................................................................................3306
PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................3306
Precaution for Liquid Gasket..........................................................................................................................3306
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...............................................................................................................3306
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................3307
Special Service Tool..................................................................................................................................3307
Commercial Service Tool...............................................................................................................................3307
LUBRICATION SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................3308
Lubrication Circuit...................................................................................................................................3308
System Chart..........................................................................................................................................3309
ENGINE OIL................................................................................................................................................3310
Inspection............................................................................................................................................3310
ENGINE OIL LEVEL..................................................................................................................................3310
ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE.............................................................................................................................3310
ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE................................................................................................................................3310
OIL PRESSURE CHECK................................................................................................................................3310
Changing Engine Oil...................................................................................................................................3311
OIL FILTER................................................................................................................................................3313
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................3313
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3313
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3313
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3313
OIL COOLER................................................................................................................................................3314
Component.............................................................................................................................................3314
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................3314
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3314
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................3315
Oil Cooler....................................................................................................................................3315
Relief Valve..................................................................................................................................3315
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3315
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3315
OIL PUMP..................................................................................................................................................3316
Component.............................................................................................................................................3316
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................................3316
REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3316
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3316
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3317
Disassembly and Assembly..............................................................................................................................3317
DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................3317
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .....................................................................................................................3317
Oil Pump Clearance............................................................................................................................3317
Regulator Valve Clearance.....................................................................................................................3318
ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................3318
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................3319
Standard and Limit....................................................................................................................................3319
OIL PRESSURE......................................................................................................................................3319
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).................................................................................................................3319
OIL PUMP..........................................................................................................................................3319
REGULATOR VALVE...................................................................................................................................3319
ma........................................................................................................................................................................3320
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3320
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3321
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3321
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3321
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3321
GENERAL MAINTENANCE...........................................................................................................................................3322
Explanation of General Maintenance........................................................................................................................3322
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..........................................................................................................................................3324
Introduction of Periodic Maintenance......................................................................................................................3324
Schedule 1................................................................................................................................................3324
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE...................................................................................................................3324
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE..........................................................................................................................3325
Schedule 2................................................................................................................................................3326
EMISSION COMTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE...................................................................................................................3326
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE..........................................................................................................................3327
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS.............................................................................................................................3328
Fluids and Lubricants.....................................................................................................................................3328
Engine Oil Recommendation.................................................................................................................................3328
Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio.........................................................................................................................3329
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (VQ35DE ENGINE)............................................................................................................................3330
Checking Drive Belts......................................................................................................................................3330
Drive Belts Tension Adjustment............................................................................................................................3330
ALTERNATOR AND POWER STEERING OIL PUMP BELT...........................................................................................................3331
A/C COMPRESSOR BELT...................................................................................................................................3331
Changing Engine Coolant...................................................................................................................................3331
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT...............................................................................................................................3331
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT..............................................................................................................................3332
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................3333
Checking Fuel Line........................................................................................................................................3334
Changing Air Cleaner Filter...............................................................................................................................3334
VISCOUS PAPER TYPE....................................................................................................................................3334
Changing Engine Oil.......................................................................................................................................3334
Changing Oil Filter.......................................................................................................................................3335
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3335
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3335
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3336
Changing Spark Plugs (Platinum-Tipped Type)...............................................................................................................3336
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3336
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3336
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3337
Checking EVAP Vapor Line..................................................................................................................................3337
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (VK45DE ENGINE)............................................................................................................................3338
Checking Drive Belts......................................................................................................................................3338
Tension Adjustment........................................................................................................................................3338
Changing Engine Coolant...................................................................................................................................3338
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT...............................................................................................................................3338
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT..............................................................................................................................3339
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................3340
Checking Fuel Line........................................................................................................................................3341
Changing Air Cleaner Filter...............................................................................................................................3341
VISCOUS PAPER TYPE....................................................................................................................................3341
Changing Engine Oil.......................................................................................................................................3341
Changing Oil Filter.......................................................................................................................................3342
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3342
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3342
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3343
Changing Spark Plugs (Platinum-Tipped Type)...............................................................................................................3343
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3343
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3343
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3344
Checking EVAP Vapor Line..................................................................................................................................3344
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................3345
Checking Exhaust System...................................................................................................................................3345
Checking A/T Fluid........................................................................................................................................3345
Changing A/T Fluid........................................................................................................................................3346
Checking Transfer Fluid...................................................................................................................................3347
Changing Transfer Fluid...................................................................................................................................3347
Checking Propeller Shaft..................................................................................................................................3348
Checking Differential Gear Oil............................................................................................................................3348
Changing Differential Gear Oil............................................................................................................................3348
Balancing Wheels (Bonding Weight Type)....................................................................................................................3349
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3349
WHEEL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT .............................................................................................................................3349
Tire Rotation.............................................................................................................................................3350
Checking Brake Fluid Level and Leaks......................................................................................................................3351
Checking Brake Line and Cables............................................................................................................................3351
Changing Brake Fluid......................................................................................................................................3351
Checking Disc Brake.......................................................................................................................................3351
ROTOR.................................................................................................................................................3351
CALIPER...............................................................................................................................................3351
PAD...................................................................................................................................................3352
Checking Steering Gear and Linkage........................................................................................................................3352
STEERING GEAR.........................................................................................................................................3352
STEERING LINKAGE......................................................................................................................................3352
Checking Power Steering Fluid and Line....................................................................................................................3352
Axle and Suspension Parts.................................................................................................................................3353
Drive Shaft...............................................................................................................................................3353
Lubricating Locks, Hinges and Hood Latch..................................................................................................................3354
Checking Seat Belt, Buckles, Retractors, Anchors and Adjusters............................................................................................3354
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3356
Standard and Limit........................................................................................................................................3356
BELT DEFLECTION AND TENSION (VQ35DE)..................................................................................................................3356
BELT DEFLECTION AND TENSION (VK45DE)..................................................................................................................3356
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE) (VQ35DE)........................................................................................................3356
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE) (VK45DE)........................................................................................................3356
RADIATOR..............................................................................................................................................3356
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE) (VQ35DE)............................................................................................................3356
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE) (VK45DE)............................................................................................................3357
SPARK PLUG (PLATINUM-TIPPED TYPE) (VQ35DE)............................................................................................................3357
SPARK PLUG (PLATINUM-TIPPED TYPE) (VK45DE)............................................................................................................3357
WHEEL BALANCE.........................................................................................................................................3357
pb........................................................................................................................................................................3358
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3358
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3359
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3359
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3359
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................3360
On-Vehicle Inspection.....................................................................................................................................3360
PEDAL STROKE..........................................................................................................................................3360
INSPECT COMPONENTS....................................................................................................................................3360
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................3360
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................3361
Component.................................................................................................................................................3361
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3361
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3361
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3362
PARKING BRAKE SHOE............................................................................................................................................3363
Component.................................................................................................................................................3363
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3363
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3363
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3364
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3364
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3366
Parking Drum Brake........................................................................................................................................3366
Parking Brake Control.....................................................................................................................................3366
pg........................................................................................................................................................................3367
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3367
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3368
DTC INDEX.....................................................................................................................................................3368
U1000.....................................................................................................................................................3368
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................3369
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3369
Wiring Diagram - POWER -..................................................................................................................................3370
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY - IGNITION SW. IN ANY POSITION...................................................................................................3370
ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY - IGNITION SW. IN “ACC” OR “ON”................................................................................................3376
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY - IGNITION SW. IN “ON” AND/OR “START”...........................................................................................3378
Fuse......................................................................................................................................................3382
Fusible Link..............................................................................................................................................3382
Circuit Breaker...........................................................................................................................................3382
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................3383
System Description........................................................................................................................................3383
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY IPDM E/R........................................................................................................................3383
CAN COMMUNICATION LINE CONTROL........................................................................................................................3383
Fail- Safe Control................................................................................................................................3383
IPDM E/R STATUS CONTROL...............................................................................................................................3383
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3384
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3384
Function of Detecting Ignition Relay Malfunction..........................................................................................................3384
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)...........................................................................................................................3384
Self Diagnostic Result................................................................................................................................3384
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3384
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3385
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3385
Auto Active Test..........................................................................................................................................3386
DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................3386
OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................3386
INSPECTION IN AUTO ACTIVE TEST MODE...................................................................................................................3386
Concept of Auto Active Test.......................................................................................................................3387
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3388
IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement.............................................................................................................................3389
IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection..................................................................................................................3389
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................3390
Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R......................................................................................................................3390
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3390
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3391
GROUND .......................................................................................................................................................3392
Ground Distribution.......................................................................................................................................3392
MAIN HARNESS..........................................................................................................................................3392
ENGINE ROOM HARNESS ..................................................................................................................................3395
ENGINE HARNESS/VK ENGINE MODELS.......................................................................................................................3398
ENGINE HARNESS/VQ ENGINE MODELS.......................................................................................................................3399
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS/VK ENGINE MODELS...............................................................................................................3400
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS/VQ ENGINE MODELS...............................................................................................................3401
BODY HARNESS..........................................................................................................................................3402
BODY NO. 2 HARNESS....................................................................................................................................3404
ROOM LAMP HARNESS.....................................................................................................................................3405
HARNESS ......................................................................................................................................................3406
Harness Layout............................................................................................................................................3406
HOW TO READ HARNESS LAYOUT............................................................................................................................3406
To Use the Grid Reference.........................................................................................................................3406
OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................3407
MAIN HARNESS..........................................................................................................................................3408
ENGINE ROOM HARNESS...................................................................................................................................3410
Engine Compartment................................................................................................................................3411
Passenger Compartment.............................................................................................................................3413
ENGINE HARNESS/VK ENGINE MODELS.......................................................................................................................3414
ENGINE HARNESS/VQ ENGINE MODELS.......................................................................................................................3415
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS/VK ENGINE MODELS...............................................................................................................3416
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS/VQ ENGINE MODELS...............................................................................................................3418
BODY HARNESS..........................................................................................................................................3420
BODY NO. 2 HARNESS....................................................................................................................................3422
ROOM LAMP HARNESS ....................................................................................................................................3423
FRONT DOOR HARNESS ...................................................................................................................................3423
LH Side...........................................................................................................................................3424
RH Side...........................................................................................................................................3424
REAR DOOR HARNESS.....................................................................................................................................3424
LH Side...........................................................................................................................................3425
RH Side...........................................................................................................................................3425
BACK DOOR HARNESS.....................................................................................................................................3426
Wiring Diagram Codes (Cell Codes).........................................................................................................................3426
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION.....................................................................................................................................3430
Electrical Units Location.................................................................................................................................3430
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ...................................................................................................................................3430
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................................3431
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT...................................................................................................................................3433
HARNESS CONNECTOR ............................................................................................................................................3434
Description...............................................................................................................................................3434
HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE) .................................................................................................................3434
HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)................................................................................................................3434
HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)................................................................................................................3435
ELECTRICAL UNITS .............................................................................................................................................3437
Terminal Arrangement......................................................................................................................................3437
SMJ (SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION).................................................................................................................................3439
Terminal Arrangement......................................................................................................................................3439
STANDARDIZED RELAY ...........................................................................................................................................3441
Description...............................................................................................................................................3441
NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS......................................................................................................3441
TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS...........................................................................................................................3441
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)...............................................................................................................................3443
Terminal Arrangement......................................................................................................................................3443
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX..............................................................................................................................3444
Terminal Arrangement......................................................................................................................................3444
pr........................................................................................................................................................................3445
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3445
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3446
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3446
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3446
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3446
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................3447
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................3447
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT.........................................................................................................................................3448
On-Vehicle Inspection.....................................................................................................................................3448
APPEARANCE AND NOISE INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................3448
PROPELLER SHAFT VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................3448
Propeller Shaft Runout Measuring Point............................................................................................................3448
Component.................................................................................................................................................3448
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3448
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3448
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................3449
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3450
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................3451
On-Vehicle Inspection.....................................................................................................................................3451
APPEARANCE AND NOISE INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................3451
PROPELLER SHAFT VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................3451
Propeller Shaft Runout Measuring Point............................................................................................................3451
Component.................................................................................................................................................3452
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3453
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3453
INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................3453
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3454
Disassembly and Assembly of Center Bearing................................................................................................................3455
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3455
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3456
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3457
General Specification.....................................................................................................................................3457
2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................3457
AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................3457
Journal Axal Play.........................................................................................................................................3457
Propeller Shaft Runout....................................................................................................................................3457
ps........................................................................................................................................................................3458
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3458
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3459
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3459
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3459
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.................................................................................3459
OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................3459
Precaution for Steering System............................................................................................................................3459
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3461
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3461
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3462
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................3463
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................3463
POWER STEERING FLUID..........................................................................................................................................3464
Checking Fluid Level......................................................................................................................................3464
Checking Fluid Leakage....................................................................................................................................3464
Air Bleeding Hydraulic System.............................................................................................................................3464
STEERING WHEEL................................................................................................................................................3466
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service.........................................................................................................................3466
CHECKING CONDITION OF INSTALLATION....................................................................................................................3466
CHECKING STEERING WHEEL PLAY..........................................................................................................................3466
CHECKING NEUTRAL POSITION ON STEERING WHEEL...........................................................................................................3466
CHECKING STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE.................................................................................................................3466
CHECKING FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE ...................................................................................................................3467
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3467
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3467
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3468
STEERING COLUMN...............................................................................................................................................3469
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3469
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3469
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3469
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3470
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3471
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3471
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3471
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3471
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3473
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3473
POWER STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE...............................................................................................................................3474
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3474
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3474
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3474
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3475
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3476
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3476
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3476
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3477
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3478
Boot..............................................................................................................................................3478
Rack..............................................................................................................................................3478
Pinion Assembly...................................................................................................................................3478
Gear Housing Assembly.............................................................................................................................3479
Outer Socket and Inner Socket.....................................................................................................................3479
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3479
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP.......................................................................................................................................3484
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service.........................................................................................................................3484
CHECKING RELIEF OIL PRESSURE (VQ35DE MODELS)..........................................................................................................3484
CHECKING RELIEF OIL PRESSURE (VK45DE MODELS)..........................................................................................................3484
Removal and Installation (VQ35DE Models)..................................................................................................................3485
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3485
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3485
Removal and Installation (VK45DE Models)..................................................................................................................3486
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3486
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3486
Disassembly and Assembly (VQ35DE Models)..................................................................................................................3486
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3486
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................3486
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3487
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3487
Body Assembly and Rear Cover Inspection...........................................................................................................3487
Cartridge Assembly Inspection.....................................................................................................................3487
Side Plate Inspection.............................................................................................................................3487
Flow Control Valve Inspection.....................................................................................................................3487
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3487
Disassembly and Assembly (VK45DE Models)..................................................................................................................3489
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3489
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................3490
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3490
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3491
Body Assembly and Rear Cover Inspection...........................................................................................................3491
Cartridge Assembly Inspection.....................................................................................................................3491
Side Plate Inspection.............................................................................................................................3491
Flow Control Valve Inspection.....................................................................................................................3491
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3491
HYDRAULIC LINE................................................................................................................................................3494
Component.................................................................................................................................................3494
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3496
VQ35DE MODELS.........................................................................................................................................3496
VK45DE MODELS.........................................................................................................................................3497
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3498
Steering Wheel............................................................................................................................................3498
Steering Angle............................................................................................................................................3498
Steering Column...........................................................................................................................................3498
Steering Outer Socket and Inner Socket....................................................................................................................3498
Steering Gear.............................................................................................................................................3499
Oil Pump..................................................................................................................................................3500
Steering Fluid............................................................................................................................................3500
rax.......................................................................................................................................................................3501
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3501
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3502
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3502
Caution...................................................................................................................................................3502
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3503
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3503
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3504
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................3505
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................3505
REAR WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE....................................................................................................................................3506
On-Vehicle Inspection.....................................................................................................................................3506
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................3506
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3506
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3506
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3506
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3507
Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................3507
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3507
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3507
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3507
Wheel Bearing.....................................................................................................................................3507
Bushing...........................................................................................................................................3508
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3508
Wheel Hub.........................................................................................................................................3508
Axle..............................................................................................................................................3508
Back Plate........................................................................................................................................3508
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3508
Bushing...........................................................................................................................................3508
Wheel Bearing.....................................................................................................................................3508
INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................3509
REAR DRIVE SHAFT..............................................................................................................................................3510
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3510
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3510
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3510
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3510
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3510
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3510
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3510
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3511
Final Drive Side..................................................................................................................................3511
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................................3512
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3512
Shaft.............................................................................................................................................3512
Joint Sub-Assembly................................................................................................................................3512
Sliding Joint Side (Housing)......................................................................................................................3512
Ball Cage.........................................................................................................................................3512
Steel Ball........................................................................................................................................3512
Inner Race........................................................................................................................................3512
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3512
Final Drive Side..................................................................................................................................3513
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................................3514
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3517
Wheel Bearing.............................................................................................................................................3517
Drive Shaft...............................................................................................................................................3517
rf........................................................................................................................................................................3518
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3518
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3519
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3519
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3519
Precaution................................................................................................................................................3519
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3520
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3520
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3520
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...........................................................................................................................3521
Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................3521
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW....................................................................................................................................3521
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE....................................................................................................................3521
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS.......................................................................................................................3522
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..........................................................................................................3522
REPAIR THE CAUSE .....................................................................................................................................3522
CONFIRM THE REPAIR....................................................................................................................................3523
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................3523
INSTRUMENT PANEL......................................................................................................................................3523
CENTER CONSOLE........................................................................................................................................3523
DOORS.................................................................................................................................................3523
TRUNK.................................................................................................................................................3523
SUNROOF/HEADLINING....................................................................................................................................3524
SEATS.................................................................................................................................................3524
UNDERHOOD.............................................................................................................................................3524
Diagnostic Worksheet......................................................................................................................................3525
SUNROOF.......................................................................................................................................................3527
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3527
System Description........................................................................................................................................3527
TILT UP / SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION.......................................................................................................................3528
TILT DOWN / SLIDE OPEN OPERATION......................................................................................................................3528
AUTO OPERATION........................................................................................................................................3528
RETAINED POWER OPERATION..............................................................................................................................3528
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION...................................................................................................................................3528
MEMORY RESET PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................3528
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................3528
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3529
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3529
Wiring Diagram - SROOF -..................................................................................................................................3530
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3531
Terminal and Reference Value for Sunroof Motor Assembly...................................................................................................3531
Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................3532
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)................................................................................................................................3532
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3532
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................3532
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3532
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom........................................................................................................................3532
Check BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit.................................................................................................................3533
Check Sunroof Motor Assembly Power Supply and Ground Circuit..............................................................................................3533
Check Sunroof Switch System...............................................................................................................................3535
Check Door Switch.........................................................................................................................................3536
Wind Deflector Inspection.................................................................................................................................3538
Link and Wire Assembly....................................................................................................................................3538
Fitting Adjustment........................................................................................................................................3538
LID WEATHERSTRIP OVERLAP ADJUSTMENT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT...................................................................................3538
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3539
SUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................3541
Removal...........................................................................................................................................3541
Installation......................................................................................................................................3541
GLASS LID.............................................................................................................................................3542
Removal...........................................................................................................................................3542
Installation......................................................................................................................................3542
SUNSHADE..............................................................................................................................................3542
Removal...........................................................................................................................................3543
Installation......................................................................................................................................3543
WIND DEFLECTOR........................................................................................................................................3543
Removal...........................................................................................................................................3543
Installation......................................................................................................................................3543
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................3543
Removal...........................................................................................................................................3543
Installation......................................................................................................................................3543
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
rfd.......................................................................................................................................................................3545
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3545
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3546
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3546
Service Notice or Precaution..............................................................................................................................3546
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3547
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3547
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3550
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................3551
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................3551
DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................3552
Cross-Sectional View......................................................................................................................................3552
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL.........................................................................................................................................3553
Changing Differential Gear Oil............................................................................................................................3553
DRAINING..............................................................................................................................................3553
FILLING...............................................................................................................................................3553
Checking Differential Gear Oil............................................................................................................................3553
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................3553
FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................................3554
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3554
IDENTIFICATION STAMP OF REPLACEMENT FREQUENCY OF FRONT OIL SEAL.......................................................................................3554
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3554
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3556
SIDE OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................3558
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3558
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3558
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3558
REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................3560
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3560
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3560
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3560
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3561
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3561
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3561
ASSEMBLY INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................3562
Total Preload Torque..............................................................................................................................3562
Drive Gear Runout.................................................................................................................................3563
Tooth Contact.....................................................................................................................................3563
Backlash..........................................................................................................................................3565
Companion Flange Runout...........................................................................................................................3566
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3566
Differential Assembly.............................................................................................................................3566
Drive Pinion Assembly.............................................................................................................................3569
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3570
ADJUSTMENT AND SELECTION OF ADJUSTING WASHERS.........................................................................................................3570
Differential Side Gear Clearance..................................................................................................................3571
Side Bearing Preload..............................................................................................................................3571
Pinion Gear Height................................................................................................................................3572
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3575
Drive Pinion Assembly.............................................................................................................................3575
Differential Assembly.............................................................................................................................3578
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3582
General Specification.....................................................................................................................................3582
Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................3582
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.....................................................................................................................................3582
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE......................................................................................................................3582
PRELOAD TORQUE........................................................................................................................................3582
BACKLASH..............................................................................................................................................3582
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...............................................................................................................................3582
SELECTIVE PARTS.......................................................................................................................................3582
Side Gear Thrust Washer...........................................................................................................................3582
Pinion Height Adjusting Washer....................................................................................................................3583
Side Bearing Adjusting Washer.....................................................................................................................3583
rsu.......................................................................................................................................................................3584
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3584
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3585
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3585
Cautions..................................................................................................................................................3585
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3586
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3586
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3586
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................3587
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................3587
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................................3588
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service.........................................................................................................................3588
INSPECTION OF BALL JOINT END PLAY.....................................................................................................................3588
SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION.............................................................................................................................3588
Wheel AlignmentInspection.................................................................................................................................3588
DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................3588
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION................................................................................................................................3588
GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS...............................................................................................................3588
THE ALIGNMENT PROCESS.................................................................................................................................3588
CAMBER INSPECTION.....................................................................................................................................3589
TOE-IN................................................................................................................................................3589
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3589
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3589
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3591
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3591
SHOCK ABSORBER................................................................................................................................................3592
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3592
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3592
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3592
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3592
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3592
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3592
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3592
Bound Bumper and Bushing..........................................................................................................................3592
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3593
SUSPENSION ARM................................................................................................................................................3594
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3594
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3594
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3594
Visual Inspection.................................................................................................................................3594
Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................3594
Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................3594
Rotating Torque Inspection........................................................................................................................3594
Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................3594
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3595
RADIUS ROD....................................................................................................................................................3596
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3596
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3596
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3596
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3596
FRONT LOWER LINK..............................................................................................................................................3597
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3597
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3597
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3597
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3597
REAR LOWER LINK & COIL SPRING.................................................................................................................................3598
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3598
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3598
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3598
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3598
STABILIZER BAR................................................................................................................................................3599
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3599
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3599
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3599
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3599
REAR SUSPENSION MEMBER........................................................................................................................................3600
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3600
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3600
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3600
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3600
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3601
Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)................................................................................................................................3601
Ball Joint................................................................................................................................................3601
Wheelarch Height (Unladen*)...............................................................................................................................3601
sb........................................................................................................................................................................3602
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3602
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3603
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3603
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3603
Precaution for Seat Belt Service..........................................................................................................................3603
AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................3603
SEAT BELTS....................................................................................................................................................3604
System Description........................................................................................................................................3604
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME...............................................................................................................................3604
SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP................................................................................................................................3604
Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt...............................................................................................................3604
REMOVAL OF FRONT SEAT BELT RETRACTOR..................................................................................................................3604
INSTALLATION OF FRONT SEAT BELT RETRACTOR.............................................................................................................3605
REMOVAL OF FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE.....................................................................................................................3605
INSTALLATION OF FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE................................................................................................................3605
Removal and Installation of Rear Seat Belt................................................................................................................3606
REMOVAL OF REAR SEAT BELT RETRACTOR...................................................................................................................3606
INSTALLATION OF REAR SEAT BELT RETRACTOR..............................................................................................................3607
Seat Belt Inspection......................................................................................................................................3607
AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................3607
PRELIMINARY CHECK.....................................................................................................................................3607
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION.............................................................................................................3608
Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR).........................................................................3608
Stationary Inspection for ELR Function............................................................................................................3608
Stationary Inspection for ALR Function............................................................................................................3608
Moving Inspection for ELR Function................................................................................................................3608
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE INSPECTION............................................................................................................3608
LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM..........................................................................................................3610
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3610
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3610
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3610
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT..............................................................................................................................3611
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3611
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3611
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3611
sc........................................................................................................................................................................3612
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3612
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3613
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3613
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3613
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3614
Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................3614
Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................3614
BATTERY.......................................................................................................................................................3615
How to Handle Battery.....................................................................................................................................3615
METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE..................................................................................................................3615
CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL............................................................................................................................3615
Sulphation........................................................................................................................................3616
SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK................................................................................................................................3616
Hydrometer Temperature Correction.................................................................................................................3616
CHARGING THE BATTERY..................................................................................................................................3617
Charging Rates....................................................................................................................................3617
Trouble Diagnosis with Battery Service Center.............................................................................................................3617
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3617
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3617
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3618
STARTING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................3619
System Description........................................................................................................................................3619
Wiring Diagram - START -..................................................................................................................................3620
VK45DE ENGINE MODELS..................................................................................................................................3620
VQ35DE ENGINE MODELS..................................................................................................................................3621
Trouble Diagnosis with Starting/Charging System Tester (Starting).........................................................................................3621
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1................................................................................................................................3622
Check “B” Terminal Circuit........................................................................................................................3622
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2................................................................................................................................3623
Check “S” Connector Circuit.......................................................................................................................3623
MINIMUM SPECIFICATION OF CRANKING VOLTAGE REFERENCING COOLANT TEMPERATURE.............................................................................3624
Removal and Installation (VK45DE Engine Models)...........................................................................................................3624
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3624
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3625
Removal and Installation [VQ35DE Engine Models (2WD)].....................................................................................................3625
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3625
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3626
Removal and Installation [VQ35DE Engine Models (AWD)].....................................................................................................3626
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3626
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3626
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3626
VK45DE ENGINE MODELS (M002T85075).....................................................................................................................3626
VQ35DE ENGINE MODELS (2WD) (S114-880A)................................................................................................................3627
VQ35DE ENGINE MODELS (AWD) (S114-881A)................................................................................................................3628
Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................3629
PINION/CLUTCH CHECK...................................................................................................................................3629
CHARGING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................3630
System Description........................................................................................................................................3630
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR.................................................................................................................................3630
Wiring Diagram - CHARGE -.................................................................................................................................3631
VK45DE ENGINE MODELS..................................................................................................................................3631
VQ35DE ENGINE MODELS..................................................................................................................................3632
Trouble Diagnosis with Starting/Charging System Tester (Charging).........................................................................................3632
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION................................................................................................................................3633
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1................................................................................................................................3634
Check “L” Terminal Circuit (Open).................................................................................................................3634
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2................................................................................................................................3634
Check “L” Terminal Circuit (Short)................................................................................................................3635
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3................................................................................................................................3635
Check “S” Terminal Circuit........................................................................................................................3635
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4................................................................................................................................3635
Check “B” Terminal Circuit........................................................................................................................3635
Removal and Installation (VK45DE Engine Models)...........................................................................................................3636
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3636
ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................3637
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3637
Removal and Installation (VQ35DE Engine Models)...........................................................................................................3638
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3638
ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................3638
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3639
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3639
VK45DE ENGINE MODELS (LR1110-716B)....................................................................................................................3639
VQ35DE ENGINE MODELS (A3TG0191).......................................................................................................................3639
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3641
Battery...................................................................................................................................................3641
Starter...................................................................................................................................................3641
Alternator................................................................................................................................................3641
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
se........................................................................................................................................................................3642
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3642
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3644
DTC INDEX.....................................................................................................................................................3644
U1000.....................................................................................................................................................3644
B2112-B2128...............................................................................................................................................3644
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3645
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3645
Service Notice............................................................................................................................................3645
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3646
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3646
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3646
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...........................................................................................................................3647
Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................3647
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW....................................................................................................................................3647
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE....................................................................................................................3647
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS.......................................................................................................................3648
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..........................................................................................................3648
REPAIR THE CAUSE .....................................................................................................................................3648
CONFIRM THE REPAIR....................................................................................................................................3649
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................3649
INSTRUMENT PANEL......................................................................................................................................3649
CENTER CONSOLE........................................................................................................................................3649
DOORS.................................................................................................................................................3649
TRUNK.................................................................................................................................................3649
SUNROOF/HEADLINING....................................................................................................................................3650
SEATS.................................................................................................................................................3650
UNDERHOOD.............................................................................................................................................3650
Diagnostic Worksheet......................................................................................................................................3651
AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER....................................................................................................................................3653
System Description........................................................................................................................................3653
MANUAL OPERATION......................................................................................................................................3653
AUTOMATIC OPERATION...................................................................................................................................3653
MEMORY STORING AND KEYFOB INTERLOCK STORING...........................................................................................................3653
MEMORY SWITCH OPERATION...............................................................................................................................3654
ENTRY OPERATION.......................................................................................................................................3655
EXITING OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3655
KEYFOB INTERLOCK OPERATION............................................................................................................................3655
FAIL- SAFE MODE.......................................................................................................................................3656
CANCEL OF FAIL-SAFE MODE..............................................................................................................................3656
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3657
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3658
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3658
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3659
Wiring Diagram - AUT/DP -.................................................................................................................................3661
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3673
Terminal and Reference Value for Automatic Drive Positioner Control Unit..................................................................................3673
Terminal and Reference Value for Driver Seat Control Unit.................................................................................................3675
Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................3678
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3678
SETTING CHANGE FUNCTION...............................................................................................................................3678
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND.........................................................................................................................3679
CONSULT-III Function (AUTO DRIVE POS.)....................................................................................................................3681
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................................................................................................................................3681
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3681
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3682
Selection from Menu...............................................................................................................................3682
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3683
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3683
Check CAN Communication System............................................................................................................................3683
Symptom Chart.............................................................................................................................................3684
Check Sliding Motor Circuit...............................................................................................................................3685
Check Reclining Motor Circuit.............................................................................................................................3686
Check Front Lifting Motor Circuit.........................................................................................................................3687
Check Rear Lifting Motor Circuit..........................................................................................................................3688
Check Telescopic Motor Circuit............................................................................................................................3689
Check Tilt Motor Circuit..................................................................................................................................3690
Check Driver Side Mirror Motor Circuit....................................................................................................................3691
Check Passenger Side Mirror Motor Circuit.................................................................................................................3693
Check Sliding Sensor Circuit..............................................................................................................................3694
Check Reclining Sensor Circuit............................................................................................................................3695
Check Front Lifting Sensor Circuit........................................................................................................................3696
Check Rear Lifting Sensor Circuit.........................................................................................................................3697
Check Telescopic Sensor Circuit...........................................................................................................................3698
Check Tilt Sensor Circuit.................................................................................................................................3699
Check Driver Side Mirror Sensor Circuit...................................................................................................................3700
Check Passenger Side Mirror Sensor Circuit................................................................................................................3701
Check Steering and Door Mirror Sensor Power Supply and Ground Circuit.....................................................................................3702
Check Front Door Switch (Driver Side) Circuit.............................................................................................................3703
Check Sliding Switch Circuit..............................................................................................................................3704
Check Reclining Switch Circuit............................................................................................................................3705
Check Front Lifting Switch Circuit........................................................................................................................3707
Check Rear Lifting Switch Circuit.........................................................................................................................3708
Check Power Seat Switch Ground Circuit....................................................................................................................3709
Check Telescopic Switch Circuit...........................................................................................................................3709
Check Tilt Switch Circuit.................................................................................................................................3711
Check Door Mirror Remote Control Switch (Changeover Switch) Circuit.......................................................................................3712
Check Door Mirror Remote Control Switch (Mirror Switch) Circuit...........................................................................................3714
Check A/T Device (Park Position Switch) Circuit...........................................................................................................3715
Check Key Switch Circuit (With Intelligent Key)...........................................................................................................3717
Check Key Switch Circuit (Without Intelligent Key)........................................................................................................3718
Check Seat Memory Switch Circuit..........................................................................................................................3719
Check Seat Memory Indicator Lamp Circuit..................................................................................................................3720
Check UART Communication Line Circuit.....................................................................................................................3721
Check Lumbar Support Circuit..............................................................................................................................3723
POWER SEAT....................................................................................................................................................3725
Wiring Diagram - SEAT -...................................................................................................................................3725
HEATED SEAT...................................................................................................................................................3727
Description...............................................................................................................................................3727
Wiring Diagram - HSEAT -..................................................................................................................................3728
FRONT SEAT....................................................................................................................................................3730
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3730
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3731
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3732
REMOVAL OF SEATBACK TRIM AND PAD......................................................................................................................3733
INSTALLATION OF SEATBACK TRIM AND PAD.................................................................................................................3734
REMOVAL OF SEAT CUSHION TRIM AND PAD..................................................................................................................3734
INSTALLATION OF SEAT CUSHION TRIM AND PAD.............................................................................................................3735
REAR SEAT.....................................................................................................................................................3736
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3736
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3737
INSTALLATION .........................................................................................................................................3737
REMOVAL OF SEAT CUSHION TRIM AND PAD..................................................................................................................3737
INSTALLATION OF SEAT CUSHION TRIM AND PAD.............................................................................................................3738
REMOVAL OF SEATBACK TRIM AND PAD......................................................................................................................3738
INSTALLATION OF SEATBACK TRIM AND PAD.................................................................................................................3738
REMOVAL OF REMOTE CONTROL LEVER.......................................................................................................................3739
INSTALLATION OF REMOTE CONTROL LEVER..................................................................................................................3739
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
srs.......................................................................................................................................................................3740
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3740
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3741
DTC INDEX.....................................................................................................................................................3741
B1001-B1015...............................................................................................................................................3741
B1017-B1035...............................................................................................................................................3741
B1042-B1057...............................................................................................................................................3742
B1058-B1073...............................................................................................................................................3742
B1074-B1089...............................................................................................................................................3743
B1106-B1120...............................................................................................................................................3743
B1122-B1137...............................................................................................................................................3744
B1138-B1153...............................................................................................................................................3744
B1202-B1210...............................................................................................................................................3744
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3746
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3746
Precaution for SRS "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" Service........................................................................................3746
Occupant Classification System Precaution.................................................................................................................3746
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3747
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3747
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)...........................................................................................................................3748
SRS Configuration.........................................................................................................................................3748
Front Seat Belt Pre-tensioner with Load Limiter...........................................................................................................3749
Front Side Air Bag........................................................................................................................................3749
Side Curtain Air Bag......................................................................................................................................3749
Occupant Classification System (OCS)......................................................................................................................3749
Passenger Air Bag Status Condition........................................................................................................................3750
Component Parts of Occupant Classification System.........................................................................................................3750
Passenger Seatbelt Warning System.....................................................................................................................3750
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................3750
This system is composed of the following items....................................................................................................3750
Seatbelt is warning lamp is used for both driver seatbelt warning and passenger seatbelt warning..................................................3750
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................3751
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction............................................................................................................................3751
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................3751
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR........................................................................................3751
Information from Customer.........................................................................................................................3751
Preliminary Check.................................................................................................................................3751
Work Flow.............................................................................................................................................3751
DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................3752
Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3753
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3754
Wiring Diagram - SRS -....................................................................................................................................3755
CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................3760
DIAGNOSIS MODE FOR CONSULT-III........................................................................................................................3760
HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITH CONSULT-III....................................................................................................3761
From User Mode to Diagnosis Mode..................................................................................................................3761
From Diagnosis Mode to User Mode..................................................................................................................3761
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS..................................................................................................................3761
Self-Diagnosis Function (Without CONSULT-III).............................................................................................................3761
HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITHOUT CONSULT-III.................................................................................................3761
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS...................................................................................................................3762
SRS Operation Check.......................................................................................................................................3762
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3762
Checking Air Bag Operation by Using “AIR BAG” Warning Lamp - User Mode............................................................................3762
Trouble Diagnosis with CONSULT-III........................................................................................................................3763
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3763
DTC No. Index (“SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]” “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” or TROUBLE DIAG RECORD)...................................................................3763
Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III.....................................................................................................................3767
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3767
Inspecting SRS Malfunctioning Parts by Using “AIR BAG” Warning Lamp - Diagnosis Mode..............................................................3768
WARNING LAMP FLASH CODE CHART.........................................................................................................................3768
Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF...............................................................................................3771
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3771
Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn ON................................................................................................3771
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3771
Passenger Seatbelt Warning System (Seatbelt reminder).................................................................................................3772
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE.........................................................................................................................................3773
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3773
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3773
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3774
SPIRAL CABLE..................................................................................................................................................3775
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3775
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3775
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3775
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................................................................................................................................3777
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3777
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3777
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3778
SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE...................................................................................................................................3779
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3779
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3779
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3780
CRASH ZONE SENSOR.............................................................................................................................................3781
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3781
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3781
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3781
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR...............................................................................................................................3782
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3782
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3782
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3782
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT.........................................................................................................................................3783
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3783
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3783
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3783
ECU DISCRIMINATED NO..................................................................................................................................3783
FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER.................................................................................................................................3784
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3784
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................3785
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3785
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS...........................................................................................................................................3786
For Frontal Collision.....................................................................................................................................3786
SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)................................................................................................................3786
For Side Collision........................................................................................................................................3787
WHEN THE SIDE AIR BAG IS ACTIVATED IN THE SIDE COLLISION:.............................................................................................3787
WHEN SRS IS NOT ACTIVATED IN THE SIDE COLLISION:......................................................................................................3787
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE COLLISION)...................................................................................................................3787
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
tf........................................................................................................................................................................3789
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3789
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3791
DTC INDEX.....................................................................................................................................................3791
C1201-C1210, U1000........................................................................................................................................3791
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3792
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3792
Precaution................................................................................................................................................3792
Service Notice or Precaution..............................................................................................................................3793
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3794
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3794
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3795
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................3797
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................3797
TRANSFER FLUID................................................................................................................................................3798
Replacement...............................................................................................................................................3798
DRAINING..............................................................................................................................................3798
FILLING...............................................................................................................................................3798
Inspection................................................................................................................................................3798
FLUID LEAKAGE AND FLUID LEVEL.........................................................................................................................3798
AWD SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................3799
Power Transfer Diagram....................................................................................................................................3799
System Description........................................................................................................................................3799
DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................3799
ELECTRIC CONTROLLED COUPLING..........................................................................................................................3799
Operation Principle...............................................................................................................................3799
AWD CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................3800
AWD WARNING LAMP......................................................................................................................................3800
AWD Warning Lamp Indication.......................................................................................................................3800
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3801
COMPONENTS FUNCTION DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................3801
CAN Communication.........................................................................................................................................3801
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................................3801
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................3802
Fail-Safe Function........................................................................................................................................3802
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis..........................................................................................................................3802
BASIC CONCEPT.........................................................................................................................................3802
Location of Electrical Parts..............................................................................................................................3803
Circuit Diagram...........................................................................................................................................3804
Wiring Diagram - AWD -....................................................................................................................................3805
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom........................................................................................................................3808
AWD Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value......................................................................................................3808
AWD CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION TABLE.....................................................................................................................3808
Specifications with CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................3808
CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)...................................................................................................................3809
FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................3809
SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE.................................................................................................................................3810
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3810
How to Erase Self-Diagnostic Results..............................................................................................................3810
DATA MONITOR MODE.....................................................................................................................................3810
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3810
ACTIVE TEST MODE......................................................................................................................................3811
Description.......................................................................................................................................3811
Test Item.........................................................................................................................................3811
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................3812
DTC C1201 CONTROLLER FAILURE..............................................................................................................................3812
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3812
DTC C1203 ABS SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................3812
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3812
DTC C1204 4WD SOLENOID....................................................................................................................................3813
CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE......................................................................................................3813
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3813
COMPONENT INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................3814
DTC C1205 4WD ACTUATOR RLY................................................................................................................................3815
CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE......................................................................................................3815
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3815
DTC C1210 ENGINE SIGNAL 1.................................................................................................................................3816
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3816
DTC U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................3816
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3816
Power Supply Circuit for AWD Control Unit.................................................................................................................3816
CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE......................................................................................................3816
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3816
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS................................................................................................................................3818
AWD Warning Lamp Does Not Turn ON When the Ignition Switch Is Turned to ON................................................................................3818
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3818
AWD Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF Several Seconds after Engine Started...................................................................................3818
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3818
Heavy Tight-Corner Braking Symptom Occurs When the Vehicle Is Driven and the Steering Wheel Is Turned Fully to Either Side after the Engine Is Started....3820
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3820
Vehicle Does Not Enter AWD Mode Even Though AWD Warning Lamp Turned to OFF................................................................................3821
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3821
While Driving, AWD Warning Lamp Flashes Rapidly (When Flashing in Approx. 1 Minute and Then Turning OFF)..................................................3821
While Driving, AWD Warning Lamp Flashes Slowly (When Continuing to Flash until Turning Ignition Switch OFF)...............................................3821
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3822
AWD CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................3823
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3823
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3823
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3823
FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................................3824
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3824
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3824
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3824
REAR OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................3825
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3825
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3825
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3825
AIR BREATHER HOSE.............................................................................................................................................3827
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3827
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................3828
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3828
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3828
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3828
Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3828
COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................3828
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3829
Front Case and Rear Case..........................................................................................................................3829
Mainshaft Assembly................................................................................................................................3834
Front Drive Shaft and Drive Chain.................................................................................................................3834
INSPECTION ...........................................................................................................................................3834
Cases.............................................................................................................................................3834
Bearing...........................................................................................................................................3835
Shaft.............................................................................................................................................3835
Gears and Chain...................................................................................................................................3835
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3835
Front Drive Shaft and Drive Chain.................................................................................................................3835
Mainshaft Assembly................................................................................................................................3836
Front Case and Rear Case..........................................................................................................................3837
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3842
General Specification.....................................................................................................................................3842
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
wt........................................................................................................................................................................3843
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3843
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3844
INDEX FOR DTC.................................................................................................................................................3844
DTC No. Index.............................................................................................................................................3844
PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3845
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3845
Precaution................................................................................................................................................3845
Service Notice or Precaution..............................................................................................................................3846
PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3847
Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3847
Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3847
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................3848
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................3848
ROAD WHEEL....................................................................................................................................................3849
Inspection................................................................................................................................................3849
ALUMINUM WHEEL........................................................................................................................................3849
STEEL WHEEL (FOR EMERGENCY USE).......................................................................................................................3849
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................................3850
Balancing Wheels (Bonding Weight Type)....................................................................................................................3850
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3850
WHEEL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT .............................................................................................................................3850
Tire Rotation.............................................................................................................................................3851
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................3852
System Component..........................................................................................................................................3852
System Description........................................................................................................................................3852
TRANSMITTER...........................................................................................................................................3852
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER.........................................................................................................................3852
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) ............................................................................................................................3852
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP........................................................................................................................3853
Low Tire pressure Warning Lamp Indication.........................................................................................................3853
RUN-FLAT TIRE WARNING LAMP............................................................................................................................3853
Run-Flat Tire Warning Lamp Indication.............................................................................................................3853
DISPLAY UNIT..........................................................................................................................................3854
CAN COMMUNICATION.............................................................................................................................................3855
System Description........................................................................................................................................3855
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES.............................................................................................................................................3856
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3856
Wiring Diagram- T/WARN -..................................................................................................................................3857
Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard.................................................................................................................3859
ID Registration Procedure.................................................................................................................................3861
ID REGISTRATION WITH ACTIVATION TOOL..................................................................................................................3861
ID Registration without Transmitter Activation Tool...................................................................................................3861
Transmitter Wake Up Operation.............................................................................................................................3862
WITH ACTIVATION TOOL..................................................................................................................................3862
Self-Diagnosis............................................................................................................................................3862
DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................3862
FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................3862
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DIAGNOSTIC CHART.......................................................................................................3862
RUN-FLAT TIRE WARNING LAMP DIAGNOSTIC CHART...........................................................................................................3864
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)................................................................................................................................3864
FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................3864
WORK SUPPORT MODE.....................................................................................................................................3865
Test Item.........................................................................................................................................3865
ID Read...........................................................................................................................................3865
ID Regist.........................................................................................................................................3865
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE..........................................................................................................................3865
DATA MONITOR MODE.....................................................................................................................................3865
Display item List.................................................................................................................................3865
ACTIVE TEST MODE......................................................................................................................................3866
Test Item.........................................................................................................................................3866
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair............................................................................................3866
INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................................................3866
WORK FLOW.............................................................................................................................................3866
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3867
Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart............................................................................................................................3868
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS...................................................................................................................3870
Transmitter or Control Unit (BCM).........................................................................................................................3870
MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 21, 22, 23 OR 24.................................................................................................................3870
Transmitter - 1...........................................................................................................................................3870
MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 31, 32, 33, 34, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47 OR 48.................................................................................3870
Transmitter - 2...........................................................................................................................................3871
MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 35, 36, 37 OR 38.................................................................................................................3871
Vehicle Speed Signal......................................................................................................................................3871
MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 52...............................................................................................................................3871
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS................................................................................................................................3872
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On.........................................................................3872
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On.................................................................................3872
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Blinks When Ignition Switch Is Turned On...................................................................................3873
Run-Flat Tire Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On.....................................................................................3874
Turn Signal Lamp Blinks When Ignition Switch Is Turned On.................................................................................................3874
ID Registration Cannot Be Completed.......................................................................................................................3874
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3875
Transmitter...............................................................................................................................................3875
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3875
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3875
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3877
Road Wheel................................................................................................................................................3877
Tire......................................................................................................................................................3877
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
ww........................................................................................................................................................................3878
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................................................................................................................................................. 0
Table of Contents.....................................................................................................................................................3878
SERVICE INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................................3880
PRECAUTION....................................................................................................................................................3880
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3880
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................3880
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................3881
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3881
System Description........................................................................................................................................3881
OUT LINE..............................................................................................................................................3881
LOW SPEED WIPER OPERATION.............................................................................................................................3882
HIGH SPEED WIPER OPERATION............................................................................................................................3882
INTERMITTENT OPERATION................................................................................................................................3882
Wiper Dial Position Setting.......................................................................................................................3882
AUTO STOP OPERATION...................................................................................................................................3883
WASHER OPERATION......................................................................................................................................3883
MIST OPERATION........................................................................................................................................3883
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................3883
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3883
CAN Communication System Description......................................................................................................................3883
CAN Communication Unit....................................................................................................................................3884
Schematic.................................................................................................................................................3884
Wiring Diagram - WIPER -..................................................................................................................................3885
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3887
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R.................................................................................................................3891
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................3891
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3891
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................3891
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3892
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................3892
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3892
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3892
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3892
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3893
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3893
CONSULT-III Functions (IPDM E/R)..........................................................................................................................3893
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3893
All Signals, Main Signals, Selection From Menu....................................................................................................3893
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3893
Front Wiper Does Not Operate..............................................................................................................................3894
Front Wiper Does Not Return to Stop Position..............................................................................................................3895
Only Front Wiper Low Does Not Operate.....................................................................................................................3896
Only Front Wiper High Does Not Operate....................................................................................................................3897
Only Front Wiper Intermittent Does Not Operate............................................................................................................3898
Front Wiper Interval Time Is Not Controlled by Vehicle Speed..............................................................................................3898
Front Wiper Intermittent Operation Switch Position Cannot Be Adjusted.....................................................................................3899
Wiper Does Not Wipe When Front Washer Operates............................................................................................................3899
After Front Wiper Operate for 10 Seconds, They Stop for 20 Seconds, and After Repeating the Operation Five Times, They Become Inoperative.................3899
Front Wiper Does Not Stop.................................................................................................................................3900
Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms, Adjustment of Wiper Arms Stop Location......................................................................3900
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3900
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3900
Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly....................................................................................................3901
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3901
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3901
Disassembly and Assembly of Front Wiper Drive Assembly....................................................................................................3902
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3902
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3902
Washer Nozzle Adjustment..................................................................................................................................3902
Washer Tube Layout........................................................................................................................................3904
Removal and Installation of Front Washer Nozzle...........................................................................................................3904
Removal and Installation of Front Washer Tube Joint.......................................................................................................3904
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3904
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3904
Inspection of Washer Nozzle...............................................................................................................................3904
CHECK VALVE...........................................................................................................................................3904
Inspection of Front Wiper and Washer Switch Circuit.......................................................................................................3905
Removal and Installation of Front Wiper and Washer Switch.................................................................................................3905
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3905
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3905
Removal and Installation of Washer Tank...................................................................................................................3905
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3905
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3906
Removal and Installation of Front and Rear Washer Pump....................................................................................................3906
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3906
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3906
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................3907
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location............................................................................................................3907
System Description........................................................................................................................................3907
REAR WIPER OPERATION..................................................................................................................................3907
INTERMITTENT OPERATION................................................................................................................................3908
AUTO STOP OPERATION...................................................................................................................................3908
WASHER OPERATION......................................................................................................................................3908
BCM WIPER SWITCH READING FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................3908
Wiring Diagram - WIP/ R -.................................................................................................................................3909
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM......................................................................................................................3910
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................3912
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................................3913
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................3913
CONSULT-III Functions (BCM)...............................................................................................................................3913
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................3914
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3914
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................3914
Display Item List.................................................................................................................................3914
Rear Wiper Does Not Operate...............................................................................................................................3914
Rear Wiper Does Not Return to Stop Position...............................................................................................................3916
Only Rear Wiper ON Does Not Operate.......................................................................................................................3917
Only Rear Wiper INT Does Not Operate......................................................................................................................3917
Wiper Does Not Wipe When Rear Washer Operates.............................................................................................................3917
Rear Wipers Do Not Stop...................................................................................................................................3917
Removal and Installation of Rear Wiper Arm, Adjustment of Wiper Arms Stop Location........................................................................3917
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3917
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3917
Removal and Installation of Rear Wiper Blade..............................................................................................................3918
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3918
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3918
Removal and Installation of Rear Wiper Motor..............................................................................................................3919
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3919
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3919
Washer Nozzle Adjustment..................................................................................................................................3920
Washer Tube Layout........................................................................................................................................3920
Removal and Installation of Washer Nozzle.................................................................................................................3920
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3920
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3921
Check Valve...............................................................................................................................................3921
Inspection of Front Wiper and Washer Switch Circuit.......................................................................................................3921
Removal and Installation of Rear Wiper and Washer Switch..................................................................................................3921
Removal and Installation of Washer Tank...................................................................................................................3921
Removal and Installation of Front and Rear Washer pump....................................................................................................3921
POWER SOCKET..................................................................................................................................................3922
Wiring Diagram - P/SCKT -.................................................................................................................................3922
Removal and Installation of Front Power Socket - 1........................................................................................................3922
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3922
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3923
Removal and Installation of Front Power Socket - 2........................................................................................................3923
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3923
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3923
Removal and Installation of Rear Power Socket.............................................................................................................3923
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3923
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3923
Removal and Installation of Luggage Room Power Socket.....................................................................................................3923
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3923
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3924
HORN..........................................................................................................................................................3925
Wiring Diagram - HORN -...................................................................................................................................3925
Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3925
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3925
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3926
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 2
ELECTRICAL UNITS.............................................................................................................................................. 70
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)................................................................................................................................. 72
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)............................................................................................................................... 76
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.............................................................................................................................. 77
Customer Support: [email protected]
https://vimeo.com/873255499?share=copy
PLEASE NOTE:
- This is the SAME manual used by the dealers to troubleshoot any faults in your vehicle. This can be yours in 2 minutes after the payment is made.
- Contact us at [email protected] should you have any queries before your purchase or that you need any other service / repair / parts operators manual.
S.V
